Перевод: с греческого на английский

с английского на греческий

a person took

  • 1 ἄνθρωπος

    ἄνθρωπος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; loanw. in rabb.; ἡ ἄνθρωπος [Hdt. 1, 60, 5] does not appear in our lit.) ‘human being, man, person’.
    a person of either sex, w. focus on participation in the human race, a human being
    ἐγεννήθη ἄ. J 16:21; εἰς χεῖρας ἀ. Mk 9:31; ψυχὴ ἀνθρώπου Ro 2:9; συνείδησις ἀ. 2 Cor 4:2; μέτρον ἀ. Rv 21:17.
    in contrast to animals, plants, etc. Mt 4:19; 12:12; Mk 1:17; Lk 5:10; 1 Cor 15:39; 2 Pt 2:16; Rv 9:4, 7; 13:18 al. To angels (cp. Aristaen. 1, 24, end σάτυροι οὐκ ἄνθρωποι) 1 Cor 4:9; 13:1. To God (Aeschyl., Ag. 663 θεός τις οὐκ ἄνθ.; Aeschines 3, 137 θεοὶ κ. δαίμονες; Ael. Aristid. 30 p. 578 D.; Herm. Wr. 14, 8 θεοὺς κ. ἀνθρ.; οὐκ ἐλογίσατο ὅτι ἄ. ἐστιν PsSol 2:28) Hb 13:6 (Ps 117:6); Mt 10:32f; 19:6; Mk 10:9; J 10:33 (ἄνθ. ὤν=‘as a mortal human’, a favorite formula: X., An. 7, 6, 11; Menand., Epitr. 592 Kö.; Fgm.: 46; 395, 2 Kö; Comp. I 282; Alexis Com., Fgm. 150; Polyb. 3, 31, 3; Chariton 4, 4, 8 [WBlake ’38]; Heliod. 6, 9, 3; As early as Eur., Hipp. 472ff ἄνθρωπος οὖσα … κρείσσω δαιμόνων εἶναι θέλειν); Ac 10:26; 12:22; 14:11, 15; 1 Th 2:13; Phil 2:7. ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων human precepts Mt 15:9; Mk 7:7 (Is 29:13); w. οὐρανός (=God) Mt 21:25; Mk 11:30. ἀδύνατα παρὰ ἀνθρώποις Lk 18:27, cp. Mt 19:26. δοῦλοι ἀνθρώπων people’s slaves 1 Cor 7:23. πείθειν and ἀρέσκειν ἀ. Gal 1:10. μεσίτης θεοῦ καὶ ἀ. 1 Ti 2:5 al. θεὸς πάντας ἀνθρώπους θέλει σωθῆναι 1 Ti 2:4 (cp. Epict. 3, 24, 2 ὁ θεὸς πάντας ἀνθρώπους ἐπὶ τὸ εὐδαιμονεῖν ἐποίησεν).
    in pl. w. gener. mng. (cp. Hom., Il. 21, 569; Od. 1, 351) οἱ ἄ. people, also one’s associates (Jos., Ant. 9, 28) Mt 5:13, 16; 6:1f, 5, 14, 18; 7:12; 8:27; 23:5; Mk 8:27 and often. οἱ τότε ἄ. the people of that time Pol 3:2.—οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων the offspring of human beings or simply human beings, people (Gen 11:5; 1 Esdr 4:37; Ps 10:4; En10:7 al.; PsSol 9:4) Mk 3:28; Eph 3:5. Sim. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀ. as a self-designation of Jesus but s. next, also 2a and υἱός 2dγ.
    Jesus Christ is called ἄ. as one who identifies with humanity (cp. ὁ Σωτὴρ ἄ. γενόμενος Did., Gen. 41, 28) 1 Ti 2:5; Hb 2:6a (Ps 8:5a; cp. Just., A II, 6, 4). He is in contrast to Adam Ro 5:15; 1 Cor 15:21, the πρῶτος ἄ. 1 Cor 15:45, 47 (cp. Philo, Abr. 56; s. DDD 112) as δεύτερος ἄ. vs. 47. On the nature and origin of this concept cp. Ltzm. and JWeiss on 1 Cor 15:45ff; WBousset, Kyrios Christos2 1921, 120 ff, Jesus der Herr 1916, 67ff; Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 343ff, Erlösungsmyst. 107ff; ARawlinson, The NT Doctrine of the Christ 1926, 124ff; BStegmann, Christ, the ‘Man from Heaven’, a Study of 1 Cor 15:45–47: The Cath. Univ., Washington 1927; CKraeling, Anthropos and Son of Man 1927. S. on Ἀδάμ and on οὐρανός 2b.—On ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀ. as a self-designation of Jesus s.c end, above, and υἱός 2dγ.
    a member of the human race, w. focus on limitations and weaknesses, a human being
    of physical aspect Js 5:17; subject to death Hb 9:27; Rv 8:11; Ro 5:12; sunken in sin (cp. fr. a different perspective Menand., Fgm. 432 Kö [499 K.] ἄνθρωπος ὢν ἥμαρτον; Herodas 5, 27 ἄνθρωπός εἰμι, ἥμαρτον; schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1015–17a σὺ ἄνθρωπος εἶ, οἷς τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν γίνεται ῥᾳδίως; cp. Orig. C. Cels. 3, 62, 17) 5:18f al., hence judged to be inferior Gal 1:1, 11f; Col 2:8, 22 (Is 29:13) or even carefully to be avoided προσέχειν ἀπὸ τ. ἀ. beware of (evil) men Mt 10:17; cp. Lk 6:22, 26.
    of status κατὰ ἄνθρωπον (Aeschyl., Sept. 425; Pla., Phileb. 370f; Diod S 16, 11, 2; Athen. 10, 444b; Plut., Mor. 1042a; Witkowski 8, 5 [252 B.C.]) in a human way, from a human standpoint emphasizes the inferiority of human beings in comparison w. God; λαλεῖν 1 Cor 9:8; λέγειν Ro 3:5; Gal 3:15; περιπατεῖν 1 Cor 3:3. κ. ἄ. ἐθηριομάχησα perh. like an ordinary man (opp. as a Christian sure of the resurrection) 15:32. Of the gospel οὐκ ἔστιν κ. ἄ. Gal 1:11. Pl. κ. ἀνθρώπους (opp. κ. θεόν) 1 Pt 4:6.
    a male person, man
    adult male, man (Pla., Prot. 6, 314e, Phd. 66, 117e; Gen. 24:26ff; PsSol 17:17; TestAbr A 3 p. 79, 25 [Stone p. 6]; ParJer 5:20) Mt 11:8; Lk 7:25. σκληρὸς εἶ ἄ. Mt 25:24; cp. Lk 19:21f. In contrast to woman (Achilles Tat. 5, 22, 2; PGM 36, 225f; 1 Esdr 9:40; Tob 6:8) Mt 19:5; prob. Lk 13:19 (cp. vs. 21); Eph 5:31 (both Gen 2:24); 1 Cor 7:1; Ox 840, 39.
    married person husband Mt 19:10.
    an immediate descendant son, opp. father (Sir 3:11) Mt 10:35.
    a person owned and therefore under the control of another slave (X., Mem. 2, 1, 15, Vect. 4, 14; Herodas 5, 78; BGU 830, 4; POxy. 1067, 30; 1159, 16) Lk 12:36. οἱ τοῦ πυρὸς ἄ. the persons in charge of the fire MPol 15:1; ἄ. τοῦ μεγάλου βασιλέως AcPl Ha 9, 1 (Aa I 111, 10). Perh. J 6:7.
    practically equiv. to the indef. pron., w. the basic mng. of ἄ. greatly weakened (cp. 1c.) someone, one, a person.
    without the art.
    α. used w. τὶς: ἐὰν γένηταί τινι ἀνθρώπῳ Mt 18:12. ἄνθρωπός τις κατέβαινεν a man was going down Lk 10:30. ἀνθρώπου τινὸς πλουσίου 12:16. ἄ. τις ἦν ὑδρωπικός 14:2, cp. vs. 16; 15:11; 16:1, 19; 19:12. ἦν τις ἄ. ἐκεῖ J 5:5. τινῶν ἀ. αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 Ti 5:24.
    β. without τὶς, and somet. nearly equiv. to it (Paus. 5, 7, 3 ἐξ ἀνθρώπου=from someone) εἷς ἄ.=εἷς τις an individual J 11:50, cp. 18:14. εἶδεν ἄνθρωπον καθήμενον he saw someone sitting Mt 9:9. ἰδοὺ ἄ. χεῖρα ἔχων ξηράν there was someone with a shriveled hand 12:10. λαβὼν ἄ. a person took 13:31; cp. Mk 1:23; 3:1; 4:26; 5:2; 7:11; 10:7 (Gen 2:24); Lk 2:25; 4:33; 5:18; 6:48f; 13:19; J 3:4, 27 al. Used w. negatives ἄ. οὐκ ἔχω I have nobody J 5:7. οὐδέποτε ἐλάλησεν οὕτως ἄ. nobody has ever spoken like that 7:46.
    γ. in indef. and at the same time general sense, oft.= one (Ger. man, Fr. on) οὕτως ἡμᾶς λογιζέσθω ἄ. lit. this is how one or a person (i.e. you) should regard us 1 Cor 4:1; cp. Mt 16:26; Ro 3:28; 1 Cor 7:26; 11:28; Gal 2:16; 6:7; Js 2:24.
    δ. w. relative foll. δεῦτε ἴδετε ἄ. ὸ̔ς εἶπέν μοι come and see someone who (contrast w. ἀνήρ vss. 16–18) told me J 4:29. ἄ. ὸ̔ς τὴν ἀλήθειαν ὑμῖν λελάληκα 8:40. For Ac 19:16 s. 6 below.
    ε. used pleonastically w. a noun (cp. usage s.v. ἀνήρ 1dα) (Il. 16, 263; Lev 21:9; Sir 8:1; 1 Macc 7:14) ἄ. φάγος a glutton Mt 11:19; Lk 7:34; ἄ. ἔμπορος a merchant Mt 13:45; ἄ. οἰκοδεσπότης vs. 52; 21:33; ἄ. βασιλεύς (Horapollo 2, 85; Jos., Ant. 6, 142) 18:23; 22:2; ἄ. θηριομάχος AcPl Ha 5, 30.—Likew. w. names indicating local or national origin (X., An. 6, 4, 23; Ex 2:11 ἄ. Αἰγύπτιος) ἄ. Κυρηναῖος a Cyrenaean Mt 27:32; ἄ. Ἰουδαῖος Ac 21:39; ἄ. Ῥωμαῖος 16:37; 22:25. W. adj., giving them the character of nouns (Menand., Fgm. 518 Kö ἄ. φίλος; PFlor 61, 60; PAmh 78, 13 ἄ. αὐθάδης; PStras 41, 40 πρεσβύτης ἄ. εἰμι; Sir 8:2 al.) ἄ. τυφλός (EpJer 36) a blind person J 9:1; ἄ. ἁμαρτωλός (Sir 11:32; 32:17) vs. 16; ἄ. αἱρετικός Tit 3:10. Likew. w. ptc. ἄ. σπείρων a sower Mt 13:24.
    ζ. pleonastic are also the combinations τίς ἄ.; who? Mt 7:9; Lk 15:4; πᾶς ἄ. (PsSol 2:9; 17:27 [both times after οὐ]; ParJer 8:7; cp. Just., D. 3) everyone J 2:10; Js 1:19; πάντες ἄ. all people Ac 22:15, everyone 1 Cor 7:7; εἷς ἄ. J 11:50; δύο ἄ. Lk 18:10. Likew. the partitive gen. ἀνθρώπων w. οὐδείς (cp. Mimnermus 1, 15f Diehl2 οὐ δέ τίς ἐστιν ἀνθρώπων) Mk 11:2; Lk 19:30, μηδείς Ac 4:17, τίς 19:35; 1 Cor 2:11.—MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 106f.
    w. the generic art. (Wsd 2:23; 4 Macc 2:21; PsSol 5:16; Just., D. 20, 2) ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄ. the good person, opp. ὁ πονηρὸς ἄ. the evil person Mt 12:35. οὐκ ἐπʼ ἄρτῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄ. no one can live on bread (Dt 8:3) 4:4. κοινοῖ τὸν ἄ. defiles a person 15:11, 18; cp. Mk 7:15, 20; τὸ σάββατον διὰ τὸν ἄ. ἐγένετο 2:27; τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀ. J 2:25; κρίνειν τὸν ἄ. 7:51; ὁ νόμος κυριεύει τοῦ ἀ. Ro 7:1; ὁ ποιήσας ἄ. everyone who does it 10:5 (Lev 18:5; 2 Esdr 19:29); κακὸν τῷ ἀ. τῷ διὰ προσκόμματος ἐσθίοντι wrong for anyone who eats w. misgivings Ro 14:20 al.
    w. qualifying gen. ἄνθρωποι εὐδοκίας Lk 2:14 (εὐδοκία 1). ὁ ἄ. τῆς ἀνομίας (v.l. ἁμαρτίας) 2 Th 2:3. ἄ. (τοῦ) θεοῦ man of God 1 Ti 6:11; 2 Ti 3:17; 2 Pt 1:21 v.l. (3 Km 12:22; 13:1; 17:24; 4 Km 1:9ff; 2 Ch 8:14 al.; TestJob 53:4; EpArist 140; Philo, Gig. 61, Deus Imm. 138f. But also Sextus 2; 3; Herm. Wr. 1, 32; 13, 20; PGM 4, 1177, where no comma is needed betw. ἄ. and θ. Cp. Callim. 193, 37 [Pf.]).
    the two sides of human nature as ὁ ἔξω ἄ. the outer being, i.e. human beings in their material, transitory, and sinful aspects 2 Cor 4:16, and, on the other hand, ὁ ἔσω ἄ. the inner being, i.e. humans in their transcendent significance, striving toward God Ro 7:22; 2 Cor 4:16; Eph 3:16 (cp. Pla., Rep. 9, 589a ὁ ἐντὸς ἄνθρωπος; Plotinus, Enn. 5, 1, 10 ὁ εἴσω ἄ.; Philo, Plant. 42 ὁ ἐν ἡμῖν πρὸς ἀλήθειαν ἄ., τουτέστιν ὁ νοῦς, Congr. Erud. Grat. 97, Det. Pot. Insid. 23; Zosimus in Rtzst., Poim. 104 ἔσω αὐτοῦ ἄνθρωπος πνευματικός. Cp. Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 354f; WGutbrod, D. paulin. Anthropologie ’34; KSchäfer, FTillmann Festschr. ’34, 25–35; RJewett, Paul’s Anthropological Terms, ’71, 391–401). Similar in mng. is ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄ. the hidden person of the heart=ὁ ἔσω ἄ. 1 Pt 3:4.
    from another viewpoint, w. contrast of παλαιὸς and καινὸς (νέος) ἄ. Ro 6:6; Eph 4:22, 24; Col 3:9 (cp. Dg 2:1; Jesus as καινὸς ἄ. IEph 20:1 is the new being, who is really God), or of ὁ ψυχικὸς ἄ. and ὁ πνευματικὸς ἄ. 1 Cor 2:14f (s. πνευματικός 2aγ). τὸν τέλειον ἄ. GMary 463, 27.
    a person who has just been mentioned in a narrative, w. the art. the person (Diod S 37, 18 ὁ ἄ. εἶπε; Just., A II, 2, 12) Mt 12:13; Mk 3:5; 5:8; J 4:50; Ac 19:16 al.
    a pers. perceived to be contemptible, a certain person w. a connotation of contempt (Diogenianus Epicureus [II A.D.] in Eus., PE 6, 8, 30 calls Chrysippus, his opponent, contemptuously ὁ ἄ.; Artem. 5, 67 ἡ ἄνθρωπος of a prostitute; UPZ 72, 6 [152 B.C.]; BGU 1208 I, 25; Plut., Mor 870c.—ASvensson [ὁ, ἡ, τό beg.]; AWilhelm, Anzeiger der Ak. d. W. in Wien, phil.-Hist. Kl. ’37 [XXIII–XXVI 83–86]) οὐκ οἶδα τὸν ἄ. I don’t know the fellow (of Jesus, as oft. in these exx.) Mt 26:72, 74; Mk 14:71. προσηνέγκατέ μοι τὸν ἄ. τοῦτον Lk 23:14; ὁ ἄ. οὕτος AcPl Ox 6, 18 (= Aa I 242, 1). εἰ ὁ ἄ. Γαλιλαῖός ἐστιν Lk 23:6. τίς ἐστιν ὁ ἄ. J 5:12. ἰδοὺ ὁ ἄ. here’s the fellow! 19:5 (on the attempt to arouse pity, cp. Nicol. Dam.: 90 Fgm. 68, 4 Jac., Cyrus in connection w. the downfall of Croesus; Diog. L. 2:13 Pericles in the interest of Anaxagoras, his teacher; Jos., Ant. 19, 35f). μὴ οἰέσθω ὁ ἄ. ἐκεῖνος such a person must not expect Js 1:7.
    in address, varying from a familiar tone to one that is more formal ἄνθρωπε friend (X., Cyr. 2, 2, 7; Plut., Mor. 553e) indicating a close relationship between the speaker and the one addressed Lk 5:20; sir Ἄνθρωπε, ποῦ πορεύῃ; ‘Sir, where are you going?’ GJs 19:1 (not pap), the woman is a stranger to Joseph. W. a reproachful connotation, man! (Diogenes the Cynic in Diog. L. 6, 56; Diod S 33, 7, 4; Chariton 6, 7, 9; Ps.-Callisth. 1, 31, 1) Lk 12:14; 22:58, 60; Hm 10, 1, 2 (ἄνθρωπος Joly). Also in rhetorical address, in a letter Ro 2:1, 3; 9:20 (Pla., Gorg. 452b σὺ δὲ … τίς εἶ, ὦ ἄνθρωπε); Js 2:20. (Cp. Pla., Apol. 16 p. 28b; Epict. index Schenkl; Mi 6:8; Ps 54:14.—JWackernagel, Über einige antike Anredeformen: Progr. Gött. 1912.)
    a heavenly being that looked like a person, a human figure of GPt 11:44 (cp. Just., D. 58, 10 ἐν ἰδέᾳ ἀνθρώπου [on Gen 32:25]; Tat. 21, 1 θεὸν ἐν ἀνθρώπου μορφῇ γεγονέναι).—JNielen, D. Mensch in der Verkünd. der Ev.: FTillmann Festschr. ’34, 14–24; Gutbrod op. cit. 2cα; WKümmel, Man in the NT, tr. JVincent, ’63; also Vock and Seiler ἀνήρ end.—B. 80. EDNT (lit.). DELG. M-M. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἄνθρωπος

  • 2 λαμβάνω

    λαμβάνω, [tense] fut. λήψομαι ( λήψω only late, v.l. in LXX 1 Ma.4.18); [dialect] Ion.
    A

    λάψομαι GDI5497.3

    , al. (Milet., iv/iii B. C.), 5597.11 (Ephesus, iii B. C.), corrupted to λάμψομαι in Mss. of Hdt.1.199; [dialect] Dor.[tense] fut.[ per.] 2sg.

    λαψῇ Epich.34.2

    , Theoc.1.4,10, inf.

    λαμψεῖσθαι PSI9.1091.19

    ; Hellenistic

    λήμψομαι PPar.14.47

    (ii B. C.), CIG4224c (add.) ([place name] Telmessus), 4244 ([place name] Tlos), al.: [tense] aor. 2 ἔλᾰβον, [dialect] Ep.

    ἔλλᾰβον Il.24.170

    , etc.; [dialect] Ion. Iterat.

    λάβεσκον Hes.Fr. 112

    , Hdt.4.78, 130; imper.

    λαβέ Il.1.407

    , etc.; written λάβε in [voice] Med. Ms. of A.Eu. 130, but λαβέ [dialect] Att.acc. to Hdn. Gr.1.431: [tense] pf.

    εἴληφα S.OT 643

    , Ar.Ra. 591 (lyr.), etc. (dub.in Archil. 143); [dialect] Ion., [dialect] Dor., Arc.

    λελάβηκα Hdt.4.79

    , IG42(1).121.68 (Epid., iv B. C.), 5(2).6.14 (Tegea, iv B. C.), also Eup.426; inf.

    λελαβήκειν IG 42(1).121.59

    (Epid.), PSI9.1091.7: [tense] plpf.

    εἰλήφειν Th.2.88

    , [dialect] Ion.[ per.] 3sg. λελαβήκεε v.l. in Hdt.3.42 ( κατα-); [dialect] Dor. [tense] pf. subj. [ per.] 3sg. ([etym.] παρ-)

    λελόνβῃ GDI5087b1

    ([place name] Crete):—[voice] Med., [tense] aor. 2 ἐλαβόμην, [dialect] Ep. ἐλλ-, Od. 5.325, etc.; [dialect] Ep. redupl.

    λελαβέσθαι 4.388

    :—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut.

    ληφθήσομαι S.Ph.68

    , Th.6.91,

    κατα-λελήψομαι Aristid.Or.54p.677D.

    : [tense] aor.

    ἐλήφθην Ar.Eq. 101

    , etc.; [dialect] Ion.

    ἐλάφθην SIG58.8

    (Milet., v B. C.), ( κατ-) GDI5532.7 ([place name] Zeleia),

    ἐλάμφθην Hdt.2.89

    , 6.92, 7.239 (- λάφθ- by erasure in cod. B); Hellenistic

    ἐλήμφθην IG14.1320

    , Ev.Marc. 16.19 (ἀν-); [dialect] Dor.

    ἐλάφθην Archim.Aren.1.13

    : [tense] pf.

    εἴλημμαι D.24.49

    , Ar.Pl. 455; but in Trag.usu. λέλημμαι, A.Ag. 876, E. Ion 1113, IA 363 (troch.), Cyc. 433, cf. Ar.Ec. 1090 ( δια-); so later προ-λέληπτε (sic) Supp.Epigr.2.769 ([place name] Dura); [dialect] Ion. λέλαμμαι ( ἀπο-) Hdt.9.51, ( δια-) 3.117; inf.

    ἀνα-λελάφθαι Hp.Off.11

    (acc. to many codd., Hsch.and Erot., - λελάμφθαι vulg.); [dialect] Ion.[ per.] 3pl.

    λελήφαται An.Ox.1.268

    ; [dialect] Dor. [tense] pf.imper.

    λελάφθω Archim. Con.Sph.3

    , al.:—in the [tense] fut., [tense] aor. [voice] Pass., and [tense] pf. [voice] Pass. the a is short by nature in [dialect] Ion., prob. long in [dialect] Dor. and in Doricized Hellenistic forms such as

    λαμψοῦνται Test.Epict.5.14

    ,

    λάμψεσθαι IG5(1).1390.67

    (Andania, i B. C.); it is marked long in [dialect] Aeol.

    λᾱμψεται Alc.Supp.5.9

    :—of these tenses Hom. uses only [tense] aor. [voice] Act., and [tense] aor.[voice] Med. twice (v. supr.); the Homeric [tense] pres. is λάζομαι. —The word has two main senses, one (more active) take; the other (more passive) receive:
    I take,
    1 take hold of, grasp, seize,

    μάστιγα καὶ ἡνία Od.6.81

    : freq. with χειρί or χερσί added,

    χειρὶ χεῖρα λαβόντες Il.21.286

    ;

    χερμάδιον λάβε χειρί 5.302

    ;

    χείρεσσι λαβὼν περιμήκεα κοντόν Od.9.487

    ;

    ἐν χείρεσσι λάβ' ἡνία Il.8.116

    ;

    ἐν χεροῖν λ. S.OT 913

    ;

    διὰ χερῶν λαβών Id.Ant. 916

    ;

    ἐς χέρας E.Hec. 1242

    ;

    ἐν ἀγκάλαις A.Supp. 481

    , etc.; of an eagle,

    λ. ἄγραν ποσίν Pi.N.3.81

    : c.acc. of the thing seized,

    λ. γούνατα Il.24.465

    ; but also c. acc. of whole, gen. of part seized, τὴν πτέρυγος λάβεν caught her by the wing, 2.316;

    τὸν δὲ πεσόντα ποδῶν ἔλαβε 4.463

    ;

    γούνων λαβὼν κούρην Od. 6.142

    ;

    λ. τινὰ τῆς ζώνης X.An.1.6.10

    , etc.: sts. c. gen. only, ἀγκὰς ἀλλήλων λαβέτην χερσί they took hold of one another with their arms, Il.23.711:—freq. in [voice] Med., v. infr. B.
    b take by violence, carry off as prize or booty, Il.5.273, 8.191, Hdt.4.130, S.Ph.68 ([voice] Pass.), 1431, etc.; capture a city, Plb.1.24.11, 3.61.8;

    ἐκ πόλιος.. ἀλόχους καὶ κτήματα Od.9.41

    ; of lions,

    λαβὼν κρατεροῖσιν ὀδοῦσιν Il.11.114

    ;

    ἵνα δαῖτα λάβῃσιν 24.43

    ; of an eagle, 17.678; of a dolphin, 21.24.
    c λ. δίκην take, exact punishment, Lys.1.29,34, Isoc.4.181;

    ποινάς E.Tr. 360

    , etc. (rarely for δοῦναι δίκην, v.infr.11.1 e);

    λ. τιμωρίαν D.18.280

    .
    2 of passions, feelings, etc., seize,

    μένος ἔλλαβε θυμόν Il.23.468

    ;

    Ἀτρεΐωνα.. χόλος λάβεν 1.387

    ;

    ὁππότε κέν μιν γυῖα λάβῃ κάματος 4.230

    ;

    τὸν δὲ τρόμος ἔλλαβε γυῖα 24.170

    , al.;

    δὴν δέ μιν ἀμφασίη ἐπέων λάβε Od.4.704

    ;

    τοὺς Ἀθηναίους θάρσος ἔλαβε Th.2.92

    ;

    ἄχος X.Cyr. 5.5.6

    ;

    δέος Pl.Lg. 699c

    ; ἐπειδὴ καιρὸς ἐλάμβανε when the occasion came to them, i.e. occurred, Th.2.34, D.C.44.19; of fevers and sudden illnesses, attack, Hp.Morb.1.19, Th.2.49, Ar.Ec. 417, etc. (cf. λάζομαι, λῆψις):—[voice] Pass., λαμβάνεσθαι νόσῳ, ὑπὸ [νόσου], S.Tr. 446, Hdt.1.138;

    ἔρωτι X.Cyr.6.1.31

    , etc. (reversely of the person, λ. θυμόν, etc., v. infr.11.3).
    b of a deity, seize, possess, τινα Hdt.4.79:—[voice] Pass.,

    τῇ Ῥέᾳ λαμβάνονται Luc.Nigr.37

    .
    c of darkness, etc., occupy, possess,

    εὖτ' ἂν κνέφας τεμενος αἰθέρος λάβῃ A.Pers. 365

    .
    3 catch, overtake, as an enemy, Il.5.159, 11.106, 126, etc.;

    λ. τινὰ στείχοντα θύραζε Od.9.418

    ;

    ζῶντες ἐλάμφθησαν Hdt.9.119

    ; simply, find, come upon, S.OT 1031, E. Ion 1339.
    4 catch, find out, detect, Hdt.2.89 ([voice] Pass.); ποίῳ λαβών σε Ζεὺς ἐπ' αἰτιάματι; A.Pr. 196;

    τὸν αὐτόχειρα τοῦ φόνου λ. S.OT 266

    : freq. c. part., κἂν λάβῃς ἐψευσμένον ib. 461;

    κλέπτοντα Κλέωνα λάβοιμι Ar.V. 759

    ;

    λ. τινὰ ψευδόμενον Pl.R. 389d

    ;

    τοῦτον ὑβρίζοντα λαβόντες D.21.97

    : with Adj.,

    ὅπως μὴ λήψομαί σε προπετῆ Men.Epit. 570

    :—[voice] Pass.,

    δρῶσ' ἐλήφθης S.Tr. 808

    ;

    ἐπ' αὐτοφώρῳ δεινὰ δρῶντ' εἰλημμένω Ar.Pl. 455

    ;

    ληφθεῖσαν ἐπ' αὐτοφώρῳ μηχανωμένην τι Antipho 1.3

    ;

    ἐλήφθη μοιχός Lys.13.66

    : in good sense,

    οὐκ ἂν λάβοις μου μᾶλλον οὐδέν' εὐσεβῆ S.Ph. 1051

    .
    5 λ. τινὰ πίστι καὶ ὁρκίοισι bind him by.., Hdt.3.74;

    ἀραῖον λαβεῖν τινα S.OT 276

    codd.
    6 c. dupl. acc., take as, λαβὼν πρόβλημα σαυτοῦ παῖδα τόνδ' Id.Ph. 1007; ξυμπαραστάτην λ. τινά ib. 675;

    τοὺς Ἕλληνας λ. συναγωνιζομένους Isoc.5.86

    .
    7 τὴν Ἴδην λαβὼν ἐς ἀριστερὴν χεῖρα taking, keeping Ida to your left (nisi leg. λαβών, ἐς ..) Hdt.7.42;

    ἐν δεξιᾷ λ. τὴν Σικελίαν Th.7.1

    ; λ. τὸ στρατόπεδον κατὰ νώτου take in rear, i.e. be behind, Hdt.1.75; cf.

    ἀπείργω 11.2

    , ἔχω (A) A.1.7.
    8 λ. Ἑλληνίδα ἐσθῆτα assume it, Id.4.78, cf. 2.37;

    λ. ζυγόν Pi.P.2.93

    .
    b take food or drugs, Diocl.Frr. 121 ([voice] Pass.), 140, Sor.1.125, Gal.15.469.
    9 apprehend by the senses,

    ὄμμασιν θέαν S. Ph. 537

    , cf. 656; πρόσφθεγμά τινος ib. 234;

    ὁρᾶται, ἢ ἄλλῃ τινὶ αἰσθήσει λαμβάνεται Pl.R. 524d

    .
    b apprehend with the mind, understand,

    φρενὶ λ. τὸν λόγον Hdt.9.10

    ;

    νόῳ Id.3.41

    ;

    τῇ διανοίᾳ Pl. Prm. 143a

    ;

    λ. ἐν ταῖς γνώμαις βεβαίως X.Cyr.3.3.51

    ;

    ἐν νῷ Plb.2.35.6

    : abs.,

    λ. τὴν ἀλήθειαν Antipho 1.6

    ;

    μνήμην παρὰ τῆς φήμης λ. Lys.2.3

    , cf. Pl.Phdr. 246d, etc.
    c with Adv. added, take, i.e. understand in a certain manner,

    ταύτῃ ταῦτα ἐλάμβανον Hdt.7.142

    ;

    λάβετε [τοὺς λόγους] μὴ πολεμίως Th.4.17

    ; τὸ πρᾶγμα μειζόνως ἐλάμβανον took it more seriously, Id.6.27, cf. 61;

    ὀρθῶς λ. τὸν φιλοκερδῆ Pl.Hipparch. 227c

    ; λ. τι οὕτω, ὧδε, Arist.SE 174b27, Rh.Al. 1423a4;

    ὀργῇ καὶ φόβῳ τὸ γεγονὸς λ. Plu.Alc.18

    : with παρά c.acc., λαμβάνω σε παρὰ βουκόλον .. PMag.Par.1.2434:—[voice] Pass., τρίτου καθεστῶσαι ἐπὶ πρώτου λαμβάνονται are used for the first person, A.D.Pron.78.22; with ἐς, εἰ ἐς κόρην λαμβάνοιτο be taken for a girl, Philostr.Im.2.32: less freq. c. dupl. acc., ὡς μεθυστικὰς λ. [τὰς ἁρμονίας] Arist.Pol. 1342b25, cf. S.E.P.1.179;

    τῆς νίκης ἆθλον τὴν ὑπεροχὴν τῆς πολιτείας λ. Arist.Pol. 1296a31

    ;

    τοῦτο λ. γιγνόμενον Id.Mete. 346a7

    ; also

    λ. περί τινος τί ἐστι Id.EN 1142a32

    , cf. 1140a24, al.: also c. inf.,

    λ. τι εἶναί τι Id.Mete. 389a29

    , al.: with a relat. clause, οὕτω δεῖ λαμβάνειν, ἀλλ' οὐχ ὅτι .. Id.Metaph. 1053a27, cf. Str.2.5.1;

    εἰλήφθω ὁ ἄδικος ποσαχῶς λέγεται Arist.EN 1129a31

    : in bad sense,

    πρὸς δέους λ. τι Plu.Flam.7

    ;

    πρὸς ἀτιμίας Id.Cic.13

    ;

    λ. δι' οἴκτου E. Supp. 194

    ; but also ἐν χάριτι καὶ δωρεᾷ λ. receive as a favour, Plb.1.31.6.
    d in Logic, assume, take for granted,

    ἅπαν ζῷον λαμβάνει ἢ θνητὸν ἢ ἀθάνατον Arist.APr. 46b6

    ; λ. τὰς περὶ ἕκαστον ἀρχάς ib. 53a2, etc.:—[voice] Pass., τὰ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ληφθέντα ib. 26b30; αἱ εἰλημμέναι προτάσεις ib. 33a15, cf. Phld.Rh.2.46 S., Sign.35, Oec.p.5 J., S.E.P.2.89.
    e take, i.e. determine, estimate,

    τὴν ξυμμέτρησιν τῶν κλιμάκων Th.3.20

    ;

    ἐντεῦθεν τὸ μέγεθος τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων Lycurg.66

    ;

    τὴν τιμωρίαν ποθεινοτέραν λ. Th.2.42

    .
    10 take in hand, undertake (cf. ληπτέον) , λ. τι ἐπὶ τὸ σωφρονέστερον, opp. συνταχύνειν, Hdt.3.71; μηδένα πόνον λαβόντες without taking any trouble, Id.7.24;

    παλαισμάτων λ. φροντίδα Pi.N.10.22

    .
    11 take in, hold, τὸ στρατόπεδον πεζοὺς λ. περὶ τετρακισχιλίους Plb.3.107.10.
    12 part. λαβών freq. seems pleonastic, but adds dramatic effect, λαβὼν κύσε χεῖρα took and kissed, Od.24.398, cf. Il.21.36: so in Trag. and Com., τί μ' οὐ λαβὼν ἔκτεινας; S.OT 1391, cf. 641;

    τῆ νῦν τόδε πῖθι λαβών Cratin.141

    , etc.
    b ingressive of ἔχων ( ἔχω (A) A.1.6),

    ἑτάρους τε λ. καὶ νῆα.. ἦλθον Od. 15.269

    , cf. S.Tr. 259.
    1 have given one, get, receive, prop. of things (AB 106),

    ἄποινα Il.6.427

    ;

    τὰ πρῶτα 23.275

    ;

    ἀντίποινα S.El. 592

    , v. infr.e;

    παρὰ βασιλέος δῶρα Hdt.8.10

    , cf. Ar. Eq. 439;

    πρός τινος S.El.12

    , etc.;

    ἀπὸ τῶν συκοφαντῶν X.Mem.2.9.4

    ; gain, win,

    κλέος Od.1.298

    , S.Ph. 1347, etc.;

    ἀρετάν Pi.O.8.6

    ;

    κόσμον Id.N.3.31

    codd. (v.l. ἔλαχες Sch.);

    ἀλκήν S.OT 218

    , etc.; πρὸς τὸ μνηστεύεσθαι λ. ἡλικίαν attain.., Isoc.10.39;

    λ. νόστον E.IT 1016

    , etc.;

    λ. τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς θαλάττης Isoc.5.61

    ;

    μοναρχίαν S.Ant. 1163

    ;

    τέρψιν Id.Tr. 820

    ;

    χάριν Id.OT 1004

    ;

    κέρδος Ar.Ach. 906

    : also in bad sense,

    λ. ὀνείδη S.OT 1494

    ;

    συμφοράν E.Med.43

    ;

    θάνατον Id.Hel. 201

    (lyr.); γέλωτα μωρίαν τε incur.., Id. Ion 600;

    αἰτίαν ἀπό τινος Th.2.18

    , etc.:—for λ. θυμόν, etc., v. supr.1.2 et infr. 3.
    b receive hospitably, Od.7.255, cf. S.OC 284 ([etym.] ἔλαβες τὸν ἱκέτην ἐχέγγυον) which approaches this sense; καλῶς λ. τινά treat well, BGU843.10 (i/ii A. D.).
    c receive in marriage, Hdt.1.199, 9.108, E.Fr.953.27, X. HG4.1.14, Isoc.10.39, PEleph.1.2 (iv B. C.), Men.Pk. 436; τοῖς λαμβάνουσιν ἐξ αὐτῶν, i.e. those who married their daughters, SIG1044.14 (Halic., iv/iii B. C.); also of the father taking a daughter-in-law,

    τῷ υἱῷ λ. τινά Men.Pk. 447

    .
    d λ. ὄνομα, ἐπωνυμίαν, receive a name, Pl. Plt. 305d, Smp. 173d.
    e λ. δίκην receive, i.e. suffer, punishment, Hdt.1.115; τὴν ἀξίην λ. get one's deserts, Id.7.39;

    δίκην γὰρ ἀξίαν ἐλάμβανεν E.Ba. 1312

    ;

    λ. ζημίας D.11.11

    .
    f λ. ὅρκον receive an oath, Arist. Rh. 1377a8;

    λ. πιστά X.An.3.2.5

    , al.; λ. λόγον demand an account, τινος for a thing, παρά τινος from a person, Id.Cyr.1.4.3, D.8.47.
    g λ. ἐν γαστρί conceive, Hp.Prorrh.2.24; κῦμα λ., of the earth, A.Ch. 128.
    h receive as produce, profit, etc.,

    οἶνον ἐκ τοῦ χωρίου Ar.Nu. 1123

    ; [

    χρήματα] ἐκ τῆς ἀρχῆς Pl.R. 347b

    ; λ. ἑκατὸν τῆς δραχμῆς, ὀβολοῦ, purchase for.., Ar. Pax 1263, Ra. 1235, cf. Nu. 1395; πόθεν ἄν τις τοῦτο τὸ χρῖμα λάβοι; X.Smp.2.4.
    i λ. πεῖράν τινος, v. πεῖρα.
    3 of persons conceiving feelings and the like , λ. θυμόν take heart, Od. 10.461: freq. in periphrasis, λ. φόβον, = φοβεῖσθαι, S.OC 729; αἰδῶ λ., = αἰδεῖσθαι, Id.Aj. 345; λ. ὀργήν, = ὀργίζεσθαι, E.Supp. 1050: so generally λ. ἀρχήν, = ἄρχεσθαι, Id.IA 1124; λ. ὕψος, ἐπίδοσιν, αὔξησιν, = ὑψοῦσθαι, ἐπιδιδόναι, αὐξάνεσθαι, Th.1.91, Isoc.4.10, Arist.GA 732b5, etc.;

    λ. κακόν τι Ar.Nu. 1310

    ; λ. νόσον take a disease, Pl.R. 610d; λ. μορφήν, τέλος, etc., Arist.GA 762a13, 744a21, etc.; αἱ οἰκίαι ἐπάλξεις λαμβάνουσαι receiving battlements, having battlements added, Th.4.69, cf. 115.
    4 c. inf., receive permission to.., SIG996.6 (Smyrna, i A. D.).
    B [voice] Med., take hold of, lay hold on, c. gen., [ σχεδίης] Od.5.325; τῆς κεφαλῆς, τῶν γουνάτων, Hdt.4.64, 9.76;

    χειρός E.Med. 899

    , etc.;

    τοῦ βωμοῦ And.1.126

    , etc.: c. dupl.gen.,

    μου λαβόμενος τῆς χειρός Pl. Chrm. 153b

    .
    2 seize and keep hold of, obtain possession of,

    ἀρχῆς S.OC 373

    ; καιροῦ λαβόμενος seizing the opportunity, Is.2.28;

    λ. ἀληθείας Pl.Plt. 309d

    : rarely c. acc.,

    τόν.. λελαβέσθαι Od.4.388

    .
    4 of place, λ. τῶν ὀρῶν take to the mountains, Th.3.24, cf. 106; Δήλου λαβόμεναι (sc. αἱ νῆες) reaching Delos, Id.8.80.
    5 find fault with, censure, τινος Pl.Lg. 637c, Philostr.VA4.22.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > λαμβάνω

  • 3 ἴδιος

    ἴδιος, ία, ον (Hom.+; s. B-D-F §286; W-S. §22, 17; Rob. 691f; Mlt-Turner 191f.—For the spelling ἵδιος s. on ὀλίγος.)
    pert. to belonging or being related to oneself, one’s own
    in contrast to what is public property or belongs to another: private, one’s own (exclusively) (opp. κοινός, as Pla., Pol. 7, 535b; Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 41 §171; Ath. 25, 4) οὐδὲ εἷς τι τῶν ὑπαρχόντων αὐτῷ ἔλεγεν ἴδιον εἶναι nor did anyone claim that anything the person had was private property or nor did anyone claim ownership of private possessions Ac 4:32; cp. D 4:8.
    in respect to circumstance or condition belonging to an individual (opp. ἀλλότριος) κατὰ τὴν ἰδίαν δύναμιν according to each one’s capability (in contrast to that of others) Mt 25:15. τὴν δόξαν τὴν ἰ. ζητεῖ J 7:18; cp. 5:18, 43. ἕκαστος εἰς τὴν ἰδίαν πόλιν Lk 2:3 v.l. (for ἑαυτοῦ); sim. Mt 9:1 (noting the departure of Jesus to his home territory); cp. Dg 5:2. Christ ἐλευθερώσῃ πᾶσαν σάρκα διὰ τῆς ἰδίας σαρκός AcPlCor 2:6; cp. vs. 16 ἕκαστος τῇ ἰ. διαλέκτῳ ἡμῶν Ac 2:8; cp. 1:19 τῇ ἰ. διαλέκτῳ αὐτῶν, without pron. 2:6 (Tat. 26, 1 τὴν ἰ. αὐτῆς … λέξιν); ἰδίᾳ δυνάμει 3:12; cp. 28:30; τἡν ἰ. (δικαιοσύνην) Ro 10:3; cp. 11:24; 14:4f. ἕκαστος τ. ἴ. μισθὸν λήμψεται κατὰ τ. ἴ. κόπον each will receive wages in proportion to each one’s labor 1 Cor 3:8. ἑκάστη τὸν ἴδιον ἄνδρα her own husband 7:2 (Diog. L. 8, 43 πρὸς τὸν ἴδιον ἄνδρα πορεύεσθαι). ἕκαστος ἴδιον ἔχει χάρισμα 7:7. ἕκαστος τὸ ἴδιον δεῖπνον προλαμβάνει (s. προλαμβάνω 1c) 1 Cor 11:21 (Eratosth.: 241 Fgm. 16 Jac. of the festival known as Lagynophoria τὰ κομισθέντα αὑτοῖς δειπνοῦσι κατακλιθέντες … κ. ἐξ ἰδίας ἕκαστος λαγύνου παρʼ αὑτῶν φέροντες πίνουσιν ‘they dine on the things brought them … and they each drink from a flagon they have personally brought’. Evaluation: συνοίκια ταῦτα ῥυπαρά• ἀνάγκη γὰρ τὴν σύνοδον γίνεσθαι παμμιγοῦς ὄχλου ‘that’s some crummy banquet; it’s certainly a meeting of a motley crew’); cp. 1 Cor 9:7; 15:38. ἕκαστος τὸ ἴ. φορτίον βαστάσει Gal 6:5.—Tit 1:12; Hb 4:10; 7:27; 9:12; 13:12.—J 4:44 s. 2 and 3b.
    pert. to a striking connection or an exclusive relationship, own (with emphasis when expressed orally, or italicized in written form) κοπιῶμεν ταῖς ἰ. χερσίν with our own hands 1 Cor 4:12 (first pers., cp. UPZ 13, 14 [158 B.C.] εἰμὶ μετὰ τ. ἀδελφοῦ ἰδίου=w. my brother; TestJob 34:3 ἀναχωρήσωμεν εἰς τὰς ἰδίας χώρας). ἐν τῷ ἰ. ὀφθαλμῷ in your own eye Lk 6:41; 1 Th 2:14; 2 Pt 3:17 (here the stability of the orthodox is contrasted with loss of direction by those who are misled by error). Ac 1:7 (God’s authority in sharp contrast to the apostles’ interest in determining a schedule of events). ἰ. θέλημα own will and ἰδία καρδία own heart or mind 1 Cor 7:37ab contrast with μὴ ἔχων ἀνάγκην ‘not being under compulsion’; hence ἰ. is not simply equivalent to the possessive gen. in the phrase ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ. 1 Cor 6:18, ἰ. heightens the absurdity of sinning against one’s own body. Lk 10:34 (apparently the storyteller suggests that the wealthy Samaritan had more than one animal, but put his own at the service of the injured traveler). ἐπὶ τὸ ἴδιον ἐξέραμα 2 Pt 2:22 (cp. ἐπὶ τὸν ἑαυτοῦ ἔμετον Pr 26:11), with heightening of disgust. Some would put J 4:44 here (s. 1 end). εἰς τὸν ἴδιον ἀγρόν Mt 22:5 (the rude guest prefers the amenities of his own estate). Mk 4:34b (Jesus’ close followers in contrast to a large crowd). Ac 25:19 (emphasizing the esoteric nature of sectarian disputes). Js 1:14 (a contrast, not between types of desire but of sources of temptation: those who succumb have only themselves to blame). διὰ τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ ἰδίου through his own blood Ac 20:28 (so NRSV mg.; cp. the phrase SIG 547, 37; 1068, 16 ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων commonly associated with the gifts of generous officials, s. 4b. That the ‘blood’ would be associated with Jesus would be quite apparent to Luke’s publics).
    pert. to a person, through substitution for a pronoun, own. Some of the passages cited in 2 may belong here. ἴ. is used for the gen. of αὐτός or the possess. pron., or for the possess. gen. ἑαυτοῦ, ἑαυτῶν (this use found in Hellenistic wr. [Schmidt 369], in Attic [Meisterhans3-Schw. 235] and Magnesian [Thieme 28f] ins; pap [Kuhring—s. ἀνά beg.—14; Mayser II/2, 73f]. S. also Dssm., B 120f [BS 123f], and against him Mlt. 87–91. LXX oft. uses ἴ. without emphasis to render the simple Hebr. personal suffix [Gen 47:18; Dt 15:2; Job 2:11; 7:10, 13; Pr 6:2 al.], but somet. also employs it without any basis for it in the original text [Job 24:12; Pr 9:12; 22:7; 27:15]. Da 1:10, where LXX has ἴ., Theod. uses μου. 1 Esdr 5:8 εἰς τὴν ἰδίαν πόλιν=2 Esdr 2:1 εἰς πόλιν αὐτοῦ; Mt 9:1 is formally sim., but its position in the narrative suggests placement in 1)
    with the second pers. (Jos., Bell. 6, 346 ἰδίαις χερσίν=w. your own hands). Eph 5:22 (cp. vs. 28 τὰς ἑαυτῶν γυναῖκας); 1 Th 4:11; 1 Pt 3:1.
    with the third pers. ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ πατρίδι J 4:44 (cp. ἐν τῇ πατρίδι αὐτοῦ: Mt 13:57; Mk 6:4; Lk 4:24, but J 4:44 is expressed in a slightly difft. form and may therefore belong in 1b above); Mt 25:14; 15:20 v.l.; J 1:41 (UPZ 13, s. 2 above: ἀδ. ἴ.); Ac 1:19; 24:24; 1 Ti 6:1; Tit 2:5, 9; 1 Pt 3:5; MPol 17:3; AcPl Ha 3, 21; 4, 27 (context uncertain); τὸ ἴδιον πλάσμα AcPlCor 2:12, 1; ἴδιον χωρίον Papias (3:3).
    associates, relations οἱ ἴδιοι (comrades in battle: Polyaenus, Exc. 14, 20; SIG 709, 19; 22; 2 Macc 12:22; Jos., Bell. 1, 42, Ant. 12, 405; compatriots: ViHab 5 [p. 86, 7 Sch.]; Philo, Mos. 1, 177) fellow-Christians Ac 4:23; 24:23 (Just., D. 121, 3). The disciples (e.g., of a philosopher: Epict. 3, 8, 7) J 13:1. Relatives (BGU 37; POxy 932; PFay 110; 111; 112; 116; 122 al.; Vett. Val. 70, 5 ὑπὸ ἰδίων κ. φίλων; Sir 11:34; Just., A II, 7, 2 σὺν τοῖς ἰδίοις … Νῶε and D. 138, 2 Νῶε … μετὰ τῶν ἰδίων) 1 Ti 5:8; J 1:11b (the worshipers of a god are also so called: Herm. Wr. 1, 31).—Sg. τὸν ἴδιον J 15:19 v.l. (s. b below).
    home, possessions τὰ ἴδια home (Polyb. 2, 57, 5; 3, 99, 4; Appian, Iber. 23; Peripl. Eryth. 65 εἰς τὰ ἴδια; POxy 4, 9f ἡ ἀνωτέρα ψυχὴ τ. ἴδια γεινώσκει; 487, 18; Esth 5:10; 6:12; 1 Esdr 6:31 [τὰ ἴδια αὐτοῦ=2 Esdr 6:11 ἡ οἰκία αὐτοῦ]; 3 Macc 6:27, 37; 7:8; Jos., Ant. 8, 405; 416, Bell. 1, 666; 4, 528) J 16:32 (EFascher, ZNW 39, ’41, 171–230); 19:27; Ac 5:18 D; 14:18 v.l.; 21:6; AcPl Ha 8, 5. Many (e.g. Goodsp, Probs. 87f; 94–96; Field, Notes 84; RSV; but not Bultmann 34f; NRSV) prefer this sense for J 1:11a and Lk 18:28; another probability in both these pass. is property, possessions (POxy 489, 4; 490, 3; 491, 3; 492, 4 al.). ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων from his own well-stocked supply (oft. in ins e.g. fr. Magn. and Priene, also SIG 547, 37; 1068, 16 [in such ins the focus is on the generosity of public-spirited officals who use their own resources to meet public needs]; Jos., Ant. 12, 158) J 8:44. The sg. can also be used in this way τὸ ἴδιον (SIG 1257, 3; BGU 1118, 31 [22 B.C.]) J 15:19 (v.l. τὸν ἴδιον, s. a above).—τὰ ἴδια one’s own affairs (X., Mem. 3, 4, 12; 2 Macc 9:20; 11:23 v.l., 26, 29) 1 Th 4:11, here πράσσειν τὰ ἴδια=mind your own business. Jd 6 of one’s proper sphere.
    pert. to a particular individual, by oneself, privately, adv. ἰδίᾳ (Aristoph., Thu.; Diod S 20, 21, 5 et al.; ins, pap, 2 Macc 4:34; Philo; Jos., Bell. 4, 224, C. Ap. 1, 225; Ath. 8, 1f) 1 Cor 12:11; IMg 7:1.—κατʼ ἰδίαν (Machon, Fgm. 11 vs. 121 [in Athen. 8, 349b]; Polyb. 4, 84, 8; Diod S 1, 21, 6; also ins [SIG 1157, 12 καὶ κατὰ κοινὸν καὶ κατʼ ἰδίαν ἑκάστῳ al.]; 2 Macc 4:5; 14:21; JosAs 7:1; Philo, Sacr. Abel. 136; Just., D. 5, 2) privately, by oneself (opp. κοινῇ: Jos., Ant. 4, 310) Mt 14:13, 23; 17:1, 19; 20:17; 24:3; Mk 4:34a; 6:31f; 7:33 (Diod S 18, 49, 2 ἕκαστον ἐκλαμβάνων κατʼ ἰδίαν=‘he took each one aside’); 9:2 (w. μόνος added), 28; 13:3; Lk 9:10; 10:23; Ac 23:19; Gal 2:2 (on the separate meeting cp. Jos., Bell. 2, 199 τ. δυνατοὺς κατʼ ἰδίαν κ. τὸ πλῆθος ἐν κοινῷ συλλέγων; Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 40 §170); ISm 7:2.
    pert. to being distinctively characteristic of some entity, belonging to/peculiar to an individual ἕκαστον δένδρον ἐκ τ. ἰδίου καρποῦ γινώσκεται every tree is known by its own fruit Lk 6:44. τὰ ἴδια πρόβατα his (own) sheep J 10:3f. εἰς τὸν τόπον τ. ἴδιον to his own place (= the place where he belonged) Ac 1:25; cp. 20:28. The expression τοῦ ἰδίου υἱοῦ οὐκ ἐφείσατο Ro 8:32 emphasizes the extraordinary nature of God’s gift: did not spare his very own Son (Paul’s association here with the ref. to pandemic generosity, ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν πάντων παρέδωκεν αὐτο͂ν, contributes a semantic component to ἰ. in this pass.; for the pandemic theme see e.g. OGI 339, 29f; for donation of one’s own resources, ibid. 104; IGR 739, II, 59–62. For the term ὁ ἴδιος υἱός, but in difft. thematic contexts, see e.g. Diod S 17, 80, 1 of Parmenio; 17, 118, 1 of Antipater. In relating an instance in which a son was not spared Polyaenus 8, 13 has υἱὸς αὐτοῦ, evidently without emphasis, but Exc. 3, 7 inserts ἴδιος υἱός to emphasize the gravity of an officer’s own son violating an order.). 1 Cor 7:4ab. ἕκαστος ἐν. τ. ἰδίῳ τάγματι each one in his (own) turn 15:23 (cp. En 2:1 τ. ἰ. τάξιν). καιροὶ ἴδιοι the proper time (cp. Diod S 1, 50, 7 ἐν τοῖς ἰδίοις χρόνοις; likew. 5, 80, 3; Jos., Ant. 11, 171; Ps.-Clemens, Hom. 3, 16; TestSol 6:3 ἐν καιρῷ ἰ.; Just., D. 131, 4 πρὸ τῶν ἰ. καιρῶν; Mel., P. 38, 258ff) 1 Ti 2:6; 6:15; Tit 1:3; 1 Cl 20:4; cp. 1 Ti 3:4f, 12; 4:2; 5:4. ἴδιαι λειτουργίαι … ἴδιος ὁ τόπος … ἴδιαι διακονίαι in each case proper: ministrations, … place, … services 1 Cl 40:5.—In ἰδία ἐπίλυσις 2 Pt 1:20 one’s own private interpretation is contrasted with the meaning intended by the author himself or with the interpretation of another person who is authorized or competent (s. ἐπίλυσις and WWeeda, NThSt 2, 1919, 129–35).—All these pass. are close to mng. 3; it is esp. difficult to fix the boundaries here.—DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Spicq. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἴδιος

  • 4 λαμβάνω

    + V 408-428-225-72-202=1335 Gn 2,15.21.22.23; 3,6
    to take [τι] Gn 2,21; id. [τινα] Gn 2,15; to take [τινος] Gn 3,6; id. [ἀπό τινος] Ex 12,7; to take away, to remove [τι] 2 Chr 16,2; to take away [τινα] 2 Kgs 2,5
    to take by violence, to carry off as booty [τι] Jos 11,19; to take by violence, to take captive [τινα] Jgs 8,16; to capture (a city) [τι] 1 Chr 11,8; to take up, to carry away [τινα] (of storm) Is 41,16
    to take hold of, to seize [τινα] (of pains) Ex 15,14; to attack [τινα] (of sudden pain) 2 Mc 9,5; to catch, to overtake [τινα] (of sleep) DnLXX 4,33b
    to get, to receive [τι] Lv 25,36; id. [abs.] Hab 1,3; id. [τινα] Ps 48(49),16; to take from, to accept from [τι παρά τινος] Gn 23,13; to gain, to win (virtue)
    [τι] Zech 6,13; to receive (for money), to buy [τι] Dt 2,6, cpr. Ez 29,14, Jos 11,19; to take up, to pronounce [τι] Mi 2,4
    to take up, to pronounce [τι] Mi 2,4; to incur [τι] Lv 5,1; to levy, to impose [τι] 1 Mc 3,31; to choose, to select [τινα] Nm 8,6; to take, to choose 2 Mc 8,7; to fetch, to find [τινα] 2 Kgs 3,15; to take as [τινα
    +pred.] Lv 18,18; to take sb for [τινα εἴς τινα] Gn 43,18; id. [τινα εἴς τι] 1 Mc 14,5
    οὐ λήμψεται μάχαιραν he shall not draw the sword Is 2,4; ἔλαβεν Ααρων τὴν Ελισαβεθ αὐτῷ γυναῖκα Aaron took Elisabeth as his wife Ex 6,23; ἔλαβον αὐτὴν ἐμαυτῷ εἰς γυναῖκα I took her as my wife Gn 12,19; ἧς οὐχὶ πεῖραν ἔλαβεν ὁ ποὺς αὐτῆς βαίνειν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς whose foot has not yet attempted or tried to go upon the earth Dt 28,56; ἐὰν λάβῃς τὸν συλλογισμὸν τῶν υἱῶν Ισραηλ if you should take account of the children of Israel, if you should count the children of Israel Ex 30,12; πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν λαβόντας keeping or bearing in mind 2 Mc 8,17; οὐκ ἔλαβεν συντέλειαν it is not finished 1 Ezr 6,19; λημψόμεθα τὴν ἐκδίκησιν ἡμῶν ἐξ αὐτοῦ we shall take our vengeance on him, we shall avenge ourselves on him Jer 20,10; λήμψονται τὴν κόλασιν αὐτῶν περὶ πάντων, ὧν ἐποίησαν they shall receive or bear their punishment for all the things they have done, they shall be punished for all the things they have done Ez 43,11; οὐ λήμψῃ πρόσωπον πτωχοῦ you shall not take the poor into consideration, you shall not show partiality towards the poor, you shall not favour the person of the poor Lv 19,15; ὅταν λάβω καιρόν whenever I seize the opportunity, whenever I take a set time Ps 74(75),3; πᾶς, ὂς ἂν λάψῃ τῇ γλώσσῃ αὐτοῦ ἐκ τοῦ ὕδατος whosoever shall lap of the water with his tongue Jgs 7,5; δεξιὰς λαβεῖν to take the right hand, to shake hands, to pledge friendship 1 Mc 13,50; ἔλαβεν ἐν γαστρὶ Ρεβεκκα Rebecca became pregnant, Rebecca conceived Gn 25,21; τὰ πρόβατα ἐ̓ν γαστρὶ λαμβάνοντα the sheep carrying their young, the sheep that had conceived in the belly, the pregnant sheep Gn 30,41; ἔλαβεν ἐπὶ ματαίῳ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ he lifted up his soul to vanity, he desired vanity Ps 23(24),4; ἑώρα ἀδύνατον εἶναι τὸν Σιμωνα παῦλαν οὐ λημψόμενον τῆς ἀνοίας he saw that it was impossible that Simon would leave or abandon his folly 2 Mc 4,6; τὸν δὲ ἀγορασμὸν τῆς σιτοδοσίας τοῦ οἴκου ὑμῶν λαβόντες ἀπέλθατε go away with the sale of your house’s grain Gn 42,33; λαβόντες χρόνον at the appointed time 1 Ezr 9,12
    *1 Chr 24,31 ἔλαβον they received corr. ἔβαλον for MT ויפילו they cast (lots), cpr. 1 Sm 14,42, Est 3,7, Neh 11,1; *Jer 23,39 ἐγὼ λαμβάνω I (will) take, seize-אתישׂנ for MT יתישׁנ I will forget, cpr. Ez 39,26;
    *Zph 3,18 τίς ἔλαβεν who took-אשׂנ מי? ⋄אשׂנ for MT אתשׂמ the burden (of)?; *Jb 38,14 ἦ σὺ λαβών did you take-שׂהתתפ ⋄שׂתפ? for MT תתהפך ⋄הפך did it change
    Cf. HARL 1991=1992a 152-153; HARLÉ 1988 99.166-167; HELBING 1928, 53; LE BOULLUEC 1989, 245;
    MARGOLIS, M. 1906a=1972 71-74; →TWNT
    (→ἀναλαμβάνω, ἀντιλαμβάνω, ἀπολαμβάνω, διαλαμβάνω, ἐκλαμβάνω, ἐπιλαμβάνω, ἐπικαταλαμβάνω, καταλαμβάνω, μεταλαμβάνω, παραλαμβάνω, περιλαμβάνω, προλαμβάνω, προκαταλαμβάνω, προσλαμβάνω, συλλαμβάνω, συμπαραλαμβάνω, συμπεριλαμβάνω, συναντι-, ὑπολαμβάνω,,)

    Lust (λαγνεία) > λαμβάνω

  • 5 συλάω

    σῡλ-άω, [tense] impf. [var] contr. in [dialect] Ep. ἐσύλα, σύλα, Il.6.28, 4.116; [dialect] Ion. Iterat.
    A

    σύλασκε Hes.Sc. 480

    :—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut.

    συληθήσομαι A.Pr. 761

    ,

    συλήσομαι Paus.4.7.10

    :— strip off, esp. strip off the arms of a slain enemy, Hom. (only in Il.), Lyr., etc. Construction:
    1 in full, c. acc. pers. et rei, strip off from another, strip him of his arms (cf. σκυλεύω)

    , μή μιν Ἀχαιοὶ τεύχεα συλήσωσι Il.15.428

    , cf. 16.500; ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τὰ (sc. ἔναρα)

    .. νεκροὺς ἂμ πεδίον συλήσετε 6.71

    ;

    με κασίγνητον συλᾷς E.IT 157

    (anap.);

    τὴν θεὸν τοὺς στεφάνους σεσυλήκασιν D.24.182

    :— [voice] Pass., c. acc. rei, to be stripped, robbed, deprived of a thing,

    σκῆπτρα συληθήσεται A.Pr. 761

    ; ταῦτ' (sc. τὰ τόξα)

    ἐσυλήθην ἐγώ S.Ph. 413

    ;

    λέκτρα συλᾶσθαι βίᾳ E.IA 1275

    ;

    συληθεὶς τὰς βοῦς Isoc.6.19

    ;

    σεσυλήμεθα τὰ ἡμέτερα ὑπὸ τούτων D.35.26

    .
    2 c. acc., strip a person of his arms,

    ἦ τινα συλήσων νεκύων Il.10.343

    : generally, pillage, plunder, τὰ ἱρά, τοὺς θεούς, etc., Hdt.6.101, Pl.Lg. 864d, etc.;

    τοὺς νεώς Isoc.4.155

    ;

    θεῶν βρέτη A.Pers. 810

    ;

    νεκρόν Pl.R. 469d

    :—[voice] Pass.,

    βαρβάρων συλᾶσθ' ὕπο E.Hel. 600

    .
    3 c. acc. rei, strip off,

    ὄφρα τάχιστα τεύχεα συλήσειε Il.4.466

    , etc.; freq. with additions,

    ἀπ' ὤμων τεύχε' ἐσύλα 6.28

    , etc.;

    τὰ μὲν ἔντε' ἀπὸ χροὸς.. συλήσας 13.641

    .
    b take off or out, ἐσύλα τόξον took out the bow [from its case], 4.105; σύλα πῶμα φαρέτρης took the lid off the quiver, ib. 116; with a notion of violence or suddenness,

    κρᾶτα σ. Μεδοίσας Pi.P.12.16

    .
    c carry off, τοὺς πολεμίους οὐ συλήσειν αὐτά (sc. τὰ χρήματα) will not seize them as booty, Hdt.5.36, cf. 9.116; θεῶν γέρα ς. A.Pr.83, cf. S.OC 922, Ph. 1365;

    λόγοις τὰ τῶν προγόνων ἔργα συλήσας καὶ διασύρας D. 19.313

    ;

    σ. κατὰ βραχὺ τὴν τῶν πυρετῶν διάθεσιν Steph. in Gal.1.295

    D.:—[voice] Pass., to be carried off as spoil,

    ἄγαλμα σεσυλημένον Hdt.6.118

    ; to be taken away, E.Hipp. 799: metaph.,

    συλᾶται ὕπνος ἀπὸ γλεφάρων B.Fr.3.10

    .
    d exercise right of σῦλαι, IG9(1).333.3 ([dialect] Locr., v. B.C.):—[voice] Pass., πανταχοῦ συλωμένων ἡμῶν the right of reprisals was exercised against us everywhere, Isoc.3.33.
    4 after Hom., c. acc. pers. et gen. rei, τίς σε δαίμων συλᾷ πάτρας; carries thee away from.., E.Hel. 669:—[voice] Pass., συλαθεὶς ἀγενείων stealing from among the boys, and enlisting among the men, Pi.O.9.89.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > συλάω

  • 6 ἀφαιρέω

    ἀφαιρ-έω, [dialect] Ion. [full] ἀπαιρέω, [tense] fut. - ήσω: [tense] pf. ἀφῄρηκα, [dialect] Ion. ἀπαραίρηκα: [tense] aor. ἀφεῖλον, later inf.
    A

    ἀφέλαι GDI4940.35

    (Cret.);

    ἀφῄρησα Gal.11.121

    :— take away from:—Constr.: mostly ἀ. τί τινι, σῖτον μέν σφιν ἀφεῖλε took it from him, Od.14.455, cf. A.Eu. 360 codd., etc. (but also, relieve one of a duty, X.Cyr.7.1.44): less freq.

    ἀ. τί τινος Ar. Pax 560

    , X.Lac.4.7;

    κῆρα χώρας A.Th. 777

    (lyr.);

    ἔκ τινος Id.Eu. 444

    ; also τινά τι prob. l. ib. 360, S.Ph. 933, v. infr. II. I, III: c. gen., take from,

    τιμῆς οὔτ' ἀφελὼν οὔτ' ἐπορεξάμενος Sol.5.2

    ; μηδὲν ἀφαιρῶμεν τοῦ ἀδίκου ( from the unjust man)

    ἀπὸ τῆς ἀδικίας Pl.R. 360e

    ; τοῦ πλήθους diminish the number, X.Vect.4.4: c. acc. only, ἀπελὼν τὰ ἄχθεα having taken them off, Hdt.1.80;

    βασιλέων.. ὀργὰς ἀφῄρουν

    took away,

    E.Med. 455

    , cf.Ar.Pl.22,Ra. 518.
    2 set aside,

    κρέα SIG 1044.41

    (Halic., iv B. C.).
    b exclude, separate,

    τὸ Ἑλληνικὸν ὡς ἓν ἀπὸ πάντων ἀφαιροῦντες χωρίς Pl.Plt. 262d

    ; opp. προστιθέναι, Id.Phd. 95e, etc.
    3 Math., ἀ. ἀπὸ .. subtract from, Euc.Ax. 3 ([voice] Pass.), etc.; of ratios, divide out from both sides of an equation, Apollon. Perg.1.41 ([voice] Pass.); intercept, in [voice] Pass., Procl.Hyp.2.27.
    4 in Logic, abstract, c. acc., Arist.APo. 74a37, al.: abs., Id.Metaph. 1030a33.
    II [voice] Med., [tense] fut. ἀφαιρήσομαι (in pass. sense, v.l. for ἀπαιρε-θήσεσθαι, Hdt.5.35, cf. Antipho Fr.57), later

    ἀφελοῦμαι Timostr.5

    , Plb.3.29.7: [tense] aor. ἀφειλόμην, later

    ἀφειλάμην Ph.2.586

    , D.C.41.63, cf. Phryn.116: [tense] pf. ἀφῄρημαι (in med. sense) X.Cyr.7.5.79 (spelt

    ἀφείρ- Sammelb. 4309

    (iii B. C.)):—from Hom. downwds. more freq. than [voice] Act., take away for oneself; also in reciprocal sense, ἀφαιρεῖσθον τύχην ye have received each the fortune of the other, E. El. 928:—Constr. like [voice] Act., ἀφαιρεῖσθαί τί τινι, as

    καὶ δή μοι γέρας.. ἀφαιρήσεσθαι ἀπειλεῖς Il.1.161

    ;

    τί τινος 5.673

    , 691, 9.335, Th.3.58, Lys.24.13, etc. (also

    τεύχεα.. ὤμοιϊν ἀφελέσθαι Il.13.510

    );

    τι πρός τινος E.Tr. 1034

    ;

    τι ἀπό τινος Ar.V. 883

    ;

    ἔκ τινος X.Cyn.12.9

    : c. dupl. acc. rei et pers., bereave or deprive of,

    μήτε σὺ τόνδ'.. ἀποαίρεο κούρην Il.1.275

    , cf. Hdt.1.71, 7.104; freq. in [dialect] Att. and Trag., Lys. l. c., Th.8.74, D.20.46, etc.;

    τέκνα ἀ. τινά E.Andr. 613

    , cf. Ar.Ach. 464: rarely c. acc. pers. et gen. rei,

    ἀ. τὰς κύνας τοῦ εὑρεῖν X.Cyn.6.4

    ;

    τῆς ἀρχῆς τινά Plu.Ant.60

    ;

    τὴν Ἀμαζόνα τοῦ ζωστῆρος Paus.5.10.9

    .
    2 c. acc. rei, ἀ. ψήφισμα cancel or rescind, And.2.24; ἀφελομένης τῆς νυκτὸς τὸ ἔργον having broken off the action, Th.4.134;

    ἕως κελαινῆς νυκτὸς ὄμμ' ἀφείλετο A.Pers. 428

    : abs., μέχρι σκότος ἀφείλετο (sc. τὴν δίωξιν) X.HG1.2.16;

    ἀ. τὴν μνήμην πολλῶν ἀγαθῶν D.22.13

    .
    3 folld. by μή c. inf., prevent, hinder from doing,

    τί μ' ἄνδρα.. ἀφείλου μὴ κτανεῖν; S.Ph. 1303

    , cf. E.Tr. 1146; κἄκτεινας, ἤ τις συμφορά σ' ἀφείλετο [μὴ κτεῖναι]; Id.Andr. 913; c. inf. [voice] Pass.,

    τὸν τὰ ὕστερον ἀφείλετο ἀδικήματα εὐεργέτην μὴ ὀνομασθῆναι Paus.8.52.2

    ; c. inf. only, Pi.I.1.62: simply, obstruct,

    ἀρχήν Pl.Lg. 958c

    .
    4 ἀ. τινὰ εἰς ἐλευθερίαν, Lat. vindicare in libertatem, claim as free, Pl.Lg. 914e, Isoc.12.97, D.58.19, cf. Lys.23.10, Aeschin.1.62.
    III [voice] Pass., [tense] fut.

    - αιρεθήσομαι E.Hel. 938

    ;

    - ήσομαι Antipho Fr.57

    : [tense] pf. ἀφῄρημαι, [dialect] Ion.

    ἀπαραίρημαι Hdt.7.159

    , etc.:— to be robbed or deprived of a thing, τι A.Ch. 962 (lyr.), Hdt.3.137, etc.; τι πρός or ὑπό τινος, Id.1.70, 3.65, 7.159;

    ἀφῃρέθην τὰ ἐνέχυρα ὑπό τινος D.47.41

    ; ἐκ χερῶν ἀφῃρέθην had them taken out of my hands, E.Tr. 486: c. inf., ἀφῃρέθη Σκίρωνος ἀκτὰς ὄμμα τοὐμὸν εἰσορᾶν was deprived of, hindered from seeing them, Id.Hipp. 1207: less freq.

    μηδὲν τοῦ ἐμοῦ ὄγκου ἀφαιρεθέντος ἀλλὰ σοῦ αὐξηθέντος Pl.Tht. 155b

    .
    2 ὁ ἀφαιρεθείς, in Law, the person from whom a slave has been claimed, Id.Lg. 915a.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἀφαιρέω

  • 7 λόγος

    λόγος, ου, ὁ (verbal noun of λέγω in the sense ‘pick’; Hom.+).
    a communication whereby the mind finds expression, word
    of utterance, chiefly oral.
    α. as expression, word (oratorical ability plus exceptional performance were distinguishing marks in Hellenic society, hence the frequent association of λ. and ἔργον ‘deed’; a sim. formulation as early as Il. 9, 443 μύθων τε ῥητῆρʼ ἔμεναι πρηκτῆρά τε ἔργων; Polystrat. p. 33 μὴ λόγῳ μόνον ἀλλʼ ἔργω; Just., A II, 4, 2 ἢ λόγῳ ἢ ἔργῳ and D. 35, 7 λόγον ἢ πρᾶξιν) δυνατὸς ἐν ἔργῳ κ. λόγῳ, i.e. an exceptional personage Lk 24:19; pl. of Moses Ac 7:22 (the contrast expressed w. a verb Choix 20, 6–8 ποιεῖ ἀγαθὸν ὄτι δύναται καὶ λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ of Apollordorus, a benefactor in Cyzicus, a flourishing city in Phrygia; sim. New Docs 7, 233, no. 10, 8f πολιτευόμενος … λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ; cp. IKourion 32, 8; without contrast Diod S 13, 101, 3 ἄνδρας λόγῳ δυνατούς; for sim. constructions using λέγω and πράσσω s. Danker, Benefactor 339–43). Cp. Ro 15:18; 2 Cor 10:11; Col 3:17; 2 Th 2:17; Hb 13:21 v.l.; 1J 3:18 (cp. Theognis 1, 87f Diehl3 μή μʼ ἔπεσιν μὲν στέργε κτλ.—For the contrast λόγῳ … ἀληθείᾳ cp. Diod S 13, 4, 1). In contrast to a sinful deed we also have the λόγος ἁμαρτίας sinful word Judaicon 172, 9. W. γνῶσις: ἐν παντὶ λόγῳ κ. πάσῃ γνώσει 1 Cor 1:5. ἰδιώτης τῷ λόγῳ, ἀλλʼ οὐ τῇ γνώσει 2 Cor 11:6. (Opp. δύναμις ‘revelation of power’) 1 Cor 4:19, 20. τὸ εὐαγγέλιον οὐκ ἐγενήθη ἐν λόγῳ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν δυνάμει 1 Th 1:5 (cp. Ar. 13, 7 of mythical accounts οὐδέν εἰσιν εἰ μὴ μόνον λόγοι ‘they’re nothing but words’). W. ἐπιστολή: 2 Th 2:2, 15. W. ἀναστροφή: 1 Ti 4:12; 1 Pt 3:1b. Opp. ‘be silent’: IRo 2:1.—μόνον εἰπὲ λόγῳ just say the word Mt 8:8; cp. Lk 7:7 (Ath. 17, 1 ὡς λόγῳ εἰπεῖν; 29, 2; Phalaris, Ep. 121, 1 λόγῳ λέγειν; cp. schol. on Pla. 341a ἐν λόγῳ μόνον εἰπεῖν). οὐδεὶς ἐδύνατο ἀποκριθῆναι αὐτῷ λόγον no one was able to answer him a (single) word Mt 22:46; cp. 15:23 (cp. TestAbr A 16 p. 98, 11 [Stone p. 44] οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ λόγον).— The (mighty) word (of one who performs miracles) ἐξέβαλεν τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ Mt 8:16 (a rare use of λ. as ‘single utterance’, s. L-S-J-M s.v. VII).—διὰ λόγου by word of mouth (opp. ‘by letter’) Ac 15:27.—In the textually uncertain pass. Ac 20:24 the text as it stands in N., οὐδενὸς λόγου (v.l. λόγον) ποιοῦμαι τὴν ψυχὴν τιμίαν, may well mean: I do not consider my life worth a single word (cp. λόγου ἄξιον [ἄξιος 1a] and our ‘worth mention’; s. Conzelmann ad loc.).
    β. The expression may take on a variety of formulations or topical nuances: what you say Mt 5:37; statement (PGM 4, 334) Lk 20:20; question (Sext. Emp., Math. 8, 295; 9, 133; Diog. L. 2, 116) ἐρωτήσω ὑμᾶς λόγον I will ask you a question (cp. TestJob 36:5; GrBar 5:1; ApcSed 13:6; Jos., Ant. 12, 99) Mt 21:24; cp. Mk 11:29; Lk 20:3; prayer (PGM 1, 25; 4, 90; 179; 230 al.; 5, 180; 196 al.) Mt 26:44; Mk 14:39. ἡγούμενος τοῦ λ. principal speaker Ac 14:12. W. epexeget. gen. λ. παρακλήσεως 13:15. W. κήρυγμα our manner of presentation and our proclamation 1 Cor 2:4a (but s. comm.). (W. διδασκαλία) preaching 1 Ti 5:17; prophecy (Biogr. p. 364 [Pythia]) J 2:22; 18:32. Command (Aeschyl., Pers. 363) Lk 4:36; 2 Pt 3:5, 7; via a letter 2 Th 3:14. Report, story (X., An. 1, 4, 7; Diod S 3, 40, 9; 19, 110, 1 λ. διαδιδόναι=spread a report; Appian, Iber. 80 §346, Maced. 4 §1 [both=rumor]; Diod S 32, 15, 3 ἦλθεν ὁ λ. ἐπί τινα=the report came to someone; Arrian, Anab. 7, 22, 1 λόγος λέγεται τοιόσδε=a story is told like this, Ind. 9, 2; Diod S 3, 18, 3 λ.=story, account; Jos., Ant. 19, 132; Tat. 27, 2 τοῦ καθʼ Ἡρακλέα λόγου) Mt 28:15; Mk 1:45; Lk 5:15 (λ. περί τινος as X., An. 6, 6, 13; Jos., Ant. 19, 127) 7:17; J 21:23. ἠκούσθη ὁ λόγος εἰς τὰ ὦτα τ. ἐκκλησίας the report came to the ears of the assembly in Jerusalem Ac 11:22. λόγον ἔχειν σοφίας have the appearance of wisdom, pass for wisdom Col 2:23 (cp. Pla., Epinomis 987b ἔχει λόγον; Demosth., C. Lept. 462 [20, 18] λόγον τινʼ ἔχον; but mng. 2f is possible). Proverb (Pla., Phdr. 17, 240c, Symp. 18, 195b, Gorg. 54, 499c, Leg. 6, 5, 757a; Socrat., Ep. 22, 1) J 4:37 (Ps.-Callisth. 1, 13, 7 ἀληθῶς ἐν τούτῳ ὁ λ. foll. by a proverb). Proclamation, instruction, teaching, message Lk 4:32; 10:39; J 4:41; 17:20; Ac 2:41; 4:4; 10:44; 20:7; 1 Cor 1:17; 2:1. In Ac18:15 ζητήματα περὶ λόγου καὶ ὀνομάτων καὶ νόμου the sense appears to be someth. like this: controversial issues involving disputes about words and your way of life with λ. prob. referring to the presentation of controversial subjects, which in turn arouses heated ζητήματα debates. λόγος σοφίας proclamation of wisdom, speaking wisely 1 Cor 12:8a (Ps.-Phoc. 129 τῆς θεοπνεύστου σοφίης λ.); corresp. λ. γνώσεως vs. 8b. Cp. 14:9; 15:2; 2 Cor 1:18; 6:7; 10:10. λ. μαρτυρίας word of witness Rv 12:11. ὁ κατὰ τ. διδαχὴν πιστὸς λ. the message of faith, corresponding to the teaching Tit 1:9; the opp. 2 Ti 2:17. A speech (Aristot. p. 14b, 2; Diod S 40, 5a) διὰ λόγου πολλοῦ in a long speech Ac 15:32; cp. 20:2. λ. κολακείας flattering speech 1 Th 2:5. Speaking gener. 2 Cor 8:7; Eph 6:19; Col 4:6; D 2:5. ἐν λόγῳ πταίειν make a mistake in what one says Js 3:2.—Of God’s word, command, commission (LXX; ParJer 5:19 κατηχῆσαι αὐτοὺς τὸν λόγον; SyrBar 13:2; ApcSed 14:10; Just., D. 84, 2; Ael. Aristid. hears a ἱερὸς λ. at night fr. a god: 28, 116 K.=49, p. 529 D.; Sextus 24) ἠκυρώσατε τ. λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ Mt 15:6 (v.l. νόμον, ἐντολήν); cp. Mk 7:13.—J 5:38; 8:55; 10:35; Ro 3:4 (Ps 50:6). Of God’s promise Ro 9:6, 9 (but these two vss., and Gal 5:14 below, prob. fit better under 2a), 28 (Is 10:22f). Cp. Hb 2:2; 4:2 (s. ἀκοή 4b); 7:28; 12:19. For B 15:1 see 1aδ. The whole law (as the expr. εἴ τι ἑτέρα ἐντολή indicates not limited to a narrow list of commandments), acc. to Ro 13:9. In what is prob. a play on words (s. 2a and b), Gal 5:14 (s. 2a below) is summed up in the λόγος as expressed in Lev 19:18.—That which God has created ἁγιάζεται διὰ λόγου θεοῦ 1 Ti 4:5; in line w. the context, this hardly refers to God’s creative word (so SibOr 3, 20; PtK 2; πάντα γὰρ λόγῳ ποιήσας ὁ θεός Theoph. Ant. 2, 18 [144, 8]), but to table prayers which use biblical expressions. The divine word as judge of thoughts Hb 4:12. τελεσθήσονται οἱ λ. τοῦ θεοῦ Ac 17:17; cp. 19:9.—Of the divine revelation through Christ and his messengers (Just., A I, 61, 9 λόγον … παρὰ τῶν ἀποστόλων ἐμάθομεν τοῦτον) θεὸς ἐφανέρωσεν τὸν λ. αὐτοῦ ἐν κηρύγματι Tit 1:3. δέδωκα αὐτοῖς τὸν λ. σου J 17:14; cp. vss. 6, 17; 1J 1:10; 2:14. ἵνα μὴ ὁ λ. τοῦ θεοῦ βλασφημῆται Tit 2:5. The apostles and other preachers, w. ref. to the λόγος of God, are said to: λαλεῖν Ac 4:29, 31; 13:46; Phil 1:14; Hb 13:7; καταγγέλλειν Ac 13:5; 17:13; διδάσκειν 18:11; μαρτυρεῖν Rv 1:2. Of their hearers it is said: τὸν λ. τοῦ θεοῦ ἀκούειν Ac 13:7; δέχεσθαι 8:14; 11:1. Of the λ. τοῦ θεοῦ itself we read: ηὔξανεν Ac 6:7; 12:24; 19:20; οὐ δέδεται 2 Ti 2:9. In these places and many others ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ is simply the Christian message, the gospel: Lk 5:1; 8:11, 21; 11:28 (Simplicius in Epict. p. 1, 20 μὴ μόνον ἀκουόντων ἀλλὰ πασχόντων καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν λόγων=let the message have its effect on oneself); Ac 6:2 (s. καταλείπω 7c; for prob. commercial metaph. s. 2a below); 13:44 v.l. (for κυρίου); 16:32 v.l.; 1 Cor 14:36; 2 Cor 2:17; 4:2; Col 1:25; 1 Pt 1:23; Rv 1:9; 6:9; 20:4; IPhld 11:1. Cp. 1 Th 2:13ab; 1J 2:5.—Since this ‘divine word’ is brought to humanity through Christ, his word can be used in the same sense: ὁ λόγος μου J 5:24; cp. 8:31, 37, 43, 51f; 12:48; 14:23f; 15:3, 20b; Rv 3:8. ὁ λόγος τοῦ Χριστοῦ Col 3:16; cp. Hb 6:1. ὁ λ. τοῦ κυρίου Ac 8:25; 12:24 v.l.; 13:44, 48f; 14:25 v.l.; 15:35, 36; 16:32 (cp. λ. θεοῦ); 19:10; 1 Th 1:8; 2 Th 3:1. Pl. Mk 8:38 (Lk 9:26); 1 Ti 6:3; cp. Lk 24:44; s. also 1aδ.—Or it is called simply ὁ λόγος=the ‘Word’, for no misunderstanding would be possible among Christians: Mt 13:20–23; Mk 2:2; 4:14–20, 33; 8:32 (s. 1aε below); 16:20; Lk 1:2; 8:12f, 15; Ac 6:4; 8:4; 10:36 (on the syntax s. FNeirynck, ETL 60, ’84, 118–23); 11:19; 14:25 (cp. λ. κυρίου above); 16:6; 17:11; 18:5; Gal 6:6; Phil 1:14; Col 4:3; 1 Th 1:6; 2 Ti 4:2; Js 1:21ff; 1 Pt 2:8; 3:1; 1J 2:7; AcPl Ha 7, 6 (so also Mel., HE 4, 26, 13; Ath. 2, 3).—Somet. the ‘Word’ is more closely defined by a gen.: ὁ λ. τῆς βασιλείας the word of the reign/rule (of God) Mt 13:19. τῆς σωτηρίας Ac 13:26. τῆς καταλλαγῆς 2 Cor 5:19. τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Cor 1:18. δικαιοσύνης (q.v. 3a) Hb 5:13. ζωῆς Phil 2:16. (τῆς) ἀληθείας (Theoph. Ant. 3, 4 [p. 212, 2]; cp. περὶ ἀληθείας Hippol., Ref. 10, 6, 1) Eph 1:13; Col 1:5; 2 Ti 2:15; Js 1:18; AcPl Ha 8, 8 (Just., D. 121, 2). τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ (=τοῦ κυρίου) Ac 14:3; 20:32. (Differently the pl. οἱ λόγοι τ. χάριτος gracious words Lk 4:22; cp. Marcellinus, Vi. Thu. 57 Hude λόγοι εἰρωνείας.) ὁ λ. τοῦ εὐαγγελίου Ac 15:7; ὁ τοῦ Χριστιανισμοῦ λ. MPol 10:1. In Rv 3:10 the gospel is described by the ‘One who has the key of David’ as ὁ λ. τῆς ὑπομονῆς μου my word of endurance (W-S. §30, 12c). λ. τῶν ὑ[πο]μονῶν AcPl Ha 6, 11. παρελάβετε τὸν λ. ὅτι AcPl Ha 8, 25.—The pastoral letters favor the expr. πιστὸς ὁ λόγος (sc. ἐστίν, and s. πιστός 1b) 1 Ti 1:15; 3:1; 4:9; 2 Ti 2:11; Tit 3:8; cp. Rv 21:5; 22:6. λ. ὑγιής sound preaching Tit 2:8; cp. the pl. ὑγιαίνοντες λόγοι 2 Ti 1:13 (on medicinal use of words for the mind or soul s. VLeinieks, The City of Dionysos ’96, 115–22, on Eur.).—The pl. is also used gener. of Christian teachings, the words of the gospel Lk 1:4 (s. κατηχέω 2a); 1 Th 4:18. οἱ λ. τῆς πίστεως 1 Ti 4:6. On λόγοι κυριακοί for λόγια κυριακά in the title of the Papias document s. ἐξήγησις 2.—JSchniewind, Die Begriffe Wort und Evangelium bei Pls, diss. Bonn 1910; RAsting (εὐαγγέλιον, end).
    γ. of an individual declaration or remark: assertion, declaration, speech ἀκούσαντες τὸν λ. when they heard the statement Mt 15:12; cp. 19:11, 22; 22:15; Mk 5:36. διὰ τοῦτον τὸν λ. because of this statement of yours 7:29 (TestAbr A 15 p. 95, 29 [Stone p. 38] τὸν λ. τοῦτον; ApcMos 25 εἰς τὸν λόγον σου κρινῶ σε). Cp. 10:22; 12:13; Lk 1:29; 22:61 v.l. (for ῥήματος); J 4:39, 50; 6:60; 7:36, 40 v.l.; 15:20a; 18:9; 19:8; Ac 6:5; 7:29; 20:38; 22:22; 1 Th 4:15. ὸ̔ς ἐὰν εἴπῃ λόγον κατὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου whoever utters a (defamatory) word against the Son of Humanity Mt 12:32 (λ. εἰπεῖν κατά τινος as Jos., Ant. 15, 81); cp. Lk 12:10. λόγος σαπρός unwholesome talk Eph 4:29. λόγον ποιεῖσθαι make a speech Ac 11:2 D (cp. Hyperid. 3, 20; Jos., Ant. 11, 86).
    δ. the pl. (οἱ) λόγοι is used, on the one hand, of words uttered on various occasions, of speeches or instruction given here and there by humans or transcendent beings (TestAbr A 14 p. 94, 19 [Stone p. 36]; Jos., Ant. 4, 264; Just., D. 100, 3) ἐκ τῶν λόγων σου δικαιωθήσῃ (καταδικασθήσῃ) Mt 12:37ab; 24:35; Mk 13:31; Lk 21:33; Ac 2:40; 7:22 (ἐν λόγοις καὶ ἔργοις αὐτοῦ. On the word-deed pair cp. Dio Chrys. 4, 6 the λόγοι and ἔργα of Diogenes; s. α above). οἱ δέκα λόγοι the ten commandments (Ex 34:28; Dt 10:4; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 168, Decal. 32; Jos., Ant. 3, 138; cp. 91f; Did., Gen. 36, 10) B 15:1. Ac 15:24; 20:35; 1 Cor 2:4b, 13; 14:19ab; κενοὶ λ. Eph 5:6; AcPl Ox 6, 13 (cp. Aa 1, 241, 14); Dg 8:2; πλαστοὶ λ. 2 Pt 2:3. λ. πονηροί 3J 10.—Also of words and exprs. that form a unity, whether it be connected discourse (Jos., Ant. 15, 126; Just., A II, 12, 6, D. 11, 5; 81, 3 al.), a conversation, or parts of one and the same teaching, or expositions on the same subject (Diod S 16, 2, 3 μετέσχε τῶν Πυθαγορίων λόγων; Dio Chrys. 37 [54], 1; Ael. Aristid. 50, 55 K.=26 p. 519 D.: οἱ Πλάτωνος λόγοι; PsSol 17:43 [words of the Messiah]; AscIs 3:12 οἱ λόγοι τοῦ Βελχειρά) πᾶς ὅστις ἀκούει μου τοὺς λόγους τούτους Mt 7:24; cp. vss. 26, 28; 10:14; 19:1; 26:1; Mk 10:24; Lk 1:20; 6:47; 9:28, 44. ἐπηρώτα αὐτὸν ἐν λόγοις ἱκανοῖς he questioned him at some length 23:9. τίνες οἱ λ. οὗτοι οὓς ἀντιβάλλετε; what is this conversation that you are holding? 24:17; J 7:40 (s. γ); 10:19; J 14:24a; 19:13; Ac 2:22; 5:5, 24; 16:36; 2 Ti 4:15; 1 Cl 13:1; 46:7. λόγοις φθοριμαίοις AcPlCor 1:2.
    ε. the subject under discussion, matter, thing gener. (Theognis 1055 Diehl; Hdt. 8, 65 μηδενὶ ἄλλῳ τὸν λόγον τοῦτον εἴπῃς. Cp. Hebr. דָּבָר) τὸν λ. ἐκράτησαν they took up the subject Mk 9:10; cp. Mt. 21:24 (s. 1aβ beg.). οὐκ ἔστιν σοι μερὶς ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ you have no share in this matter Ac 8:21. ἰδεῖν περὶ τ. λόγου τούτου look into this matter 15:6. ἔχειν πρός τινα λόγον have a complaint against someone (cp. Demosth. 35, 55 ἐμοὶ πρὸς τούτους ὁ λόγος; PIand 16, 3 δίκαιον λόγον ἔχει πρὸς σέ) 19:38. παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας Mt 5:32; 19:9 v.l. (2d is also prob.).—Perh. also Mk 8:32 he discussed the subject quite freely (but s. 1aβ above).
    of literary or oratorical productions: of the separate books of a work (Hdt. 5, 36 ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ τ. λόγων; Pla., Parmen. 2, 127d ὁ πρῶτος λόγος; Philo, Omn. Prob. Lib. 1 ὁ μὲν πρότερος λόγος ἦν ἡμῖν, ὦ Θεόδοτε, περὶ τοῦ …) treatise Ac 1:1 (s. on the prologue to Ac: AHilgenfeld, ZWT 41, 1898, 619ff; AGercke, Her 29, 1894, 373ff; RLaqueur, Her 46, 1911, 161ff; Norden, Agn. Th. 311ff; JCreed, JTS 35, ’34, 176–82; Goodsp., Probs. 119–21). Παπίας … πέντε λόγους κυριακῶν λογίων ἔγραψεν Papias (11:1; cp. 3:1 e; 11:2; 12:2).—περὶ οὗ πολὺς ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος about this we have much to say Hb 5:11. Hb is described as ὁ λ. τῆς παρακλήσεως a word of exhortation (in literary form) 13:22. Of writings that are part of Holy Scripture ὁ λ. Ἠσαί̈ου J 12:38. ὁ λ. ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ γεγραμμένος 15:25; ὁ προφητικὸς λ. 2 Pt 1:19; 2 Cl 11:2 (quot. of unknown orig.); AcPl Ha 8, 27/BMM recto 35 (Just., D. 77, 2 al.). ὁ ἅγιος λ. the holy word 1 Cl 56:3. ὁ λ. ὁ γεγραμμένος 1 Cor 15:54 (Is 25:8 and Hos 13:14 follow). Pl. οἱ λόγοι τ. προφητῶν Ac 15:15. ὡς γέγραπται ἐν βίβλῳ λόγων Ἠσαί̈ου Lk 3:4 (Pla., 7th Epistle 335a πείθεσθαι ἀεὶ χρὴ τοῖς παλαιοῖς καὶ ἱεροῖς λόγοις; TestJob 1:1 βίβλος λόγων Ἰώβ; ParJer 9:32 v.l. τὰ λοιπὰ τῶν λόγων Ἱερεμίου; ApcEsdr 1:1 καὶ ἀποκάλυψις τοῦ … Ἐσδράμ; ApcSed prol.; Just., D. 72, 3f).—Of the content of Rv: ὁ ἀναγινώσκων τ. λόγους τῆς προφητείας 1:3. οἱ λόγοι (τ. προφητείας) τ. βιβλίου τούτου 22:7, 9f, 18f.
    computation, reckoning
    a formal accounting, esp. of one’s actions, and freq. with fig. extension of commercial terminology account, accounts, reckoning λόγον δοῦναι (Hdt. 8, 100; X., Cyr. 1, 4, 3; Diod S 3, 46, 4; SIG 1099, 16; BGU 164, 21; Jos., Ant. 16, 120; Just., D. 115, 6) give account, make an accounting ἕκαστος περὶ ἑαυτοῦ λόγον δώσει τ. θεῷ Ro 14:12. Also λ. ἀποδοῦναι abs. (Just., D. 116, 1 al.; Diod S 16, 56, 4; 19, 9, 4) Hb 13:17. τινί to someone (Diod S 16, 27, 4; Plut., Alcib. 7, 3; Chariton 7, 6, 2; SIG 631, 13 τᾷ πόλει; 2 Ch 34:28; Da 6:3 Theod.; Jos., Bell. 1, 209) τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι 1 Pt 4:5. τινὸς of someth. (SIG 1044, 46; 1105, 10 τοῦ ἀναλώματος; Jos., Ant. 19, 307) Lk 16:2 (here λ. w. the art.; on the subject of undergoing an audit cp. Aeschin. 3, 22). Likew. περί τινος (Diod S 18, 60, 2 δοὺς αὑτῷ περὶ τούτων λόγον=taking account [considering] with himself; BGU 98, 25 περὶ τούτου) Mt 12:36; Ac 19:40. ὑπέρ τινος concerning someone Hv 3, 9, 10.—αἰτεῖν τινα λόγον περί τινος call someone to account for someth. 1 Pt 3:15 (cp. Pla., Pol. 285e; Dio Chrys. 20 [37], 30; Apc4Esdr Fgm. b ἕκαστος ὑπὸ τοῦ οἰκείου ἔργου τὸν λόγον ἀπαιτηθήσεται; Just., A I, 17, 4. For another perspective s. d below.).—Of banking responsibility ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ (PStras 72, 10 [III A.D.] ὁ τῶν θεῶν λ.; PHerm 108 [III A.D.] λ. τοῦ Σαραπείου) in wordplay Ac 6:2 (w. τράπεζα q.v. 1c); s. also 1aβ.—Of a ledger heading (POxy 1333 [II/III A.D.] δὸς αὐτῳ λόγῳ θεωρικῶν=credit him under ‘festivals’; for others s. Preisig., Wörterbuch s.v. λ. 14; s. also Fachwörter 119) Ro 9:6 (the point is that God’s ‘list’ of Israelites is accurate; on ἐκπίπτω in the sense ‘is not deficient’ s. s.v. 4); vs. 9 (the ‘count’ is subsumed by metonymy in divine promise); Gal 5:14 (all moral obligations come under one ‘entry’: ‘you shall love your neighbor as yourself’; for commercial association of ἀναλίσκω vs. 15, which rounds out the wordplay, s. s.v.). The contexts of these three passages suggest strong probability for commercial associations; for another view s. 1aβ.
    settlement (of an account) (εἰς λόγον commercial t.t. ‘in settlement of an account’ POxy 275, 19; 21) εἰς λόγον δόσεως κ. λήμψεως in settlement of a mutual account (lit., ‘of giving and receiving’, ‘of debit and credit’) Phil 4:15 (cp. Plut., Mor. 11b λόγον δοῦναι καὶ λαβεῖν; a parallel formulation POxy 1134,10 [421 A.D.] λ. λήμματος καὶ ἐξοδιασμοῦ=ledger of income and expenditures); for the linked accounting terms δόσις and λήμψις s. PCairMasp 151, 208 [VI A.D.]. The same ideas are in the background of εἰς λόγον ὑμῶν credited to your account vs 17.—συναίρειν λόγον settle accounts (BGU 775, 18f. The mid. in the same mng. PFay109, 6 [I A.D.]; POxy 113, 27f.—Dssm., LO 94 [LAE 118f]) μετά τινος Mt 18:23; 25:19.
    reflection, respect, regard εἰς λόγον τινός with regard to, for the sake of (Thu. 3, 46, 4; Demosth. 19, 142 εἰς ἀρετῆς λόγον; Polyb. 11, 28, 8; Ath. 31, 1; Ael. Aristid. 39 p. 743 D.: εἰς δεινότητος λ.) εἰς λ. τιμῆς IPhld 11:2. εἰς λ. θεοῦ ISm 10:1.
    reason for or cause of someth., reason, ground, motive (Just., D. 94, 3 δότε μοι λόγον, ὅτου χάριν … ; Ath. 30, 3 τὶς γὰρ … λόγος; Dio Chrys. 64 [14], 18 ἐκ τούτου τ. λόγου; Appian, Hann. 29 §126 τῷ αὐτῷ λόγῳ; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 28, 155) τίνι λόγω; for what reason? Ac 10:29 (cp. Pla., Gorg. 512c τίνι δικαίῳ λ.; Appian, Mithrid. 57 §232 τίνι λόγῳ;). λόγον περὶ τῆς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐλπίδος 1 Pt 3:15 (but s. a above); κατὰ λόγον Ac 18:14 (s. κατά B 5bβ). παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας Mt 5:32; 19:9 v.l. (though 1aε is also poss.).
    πρὸς ὸ̔ν ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος (ἐστίν) with whom we have to do (i.e. to reckon) (Dio Chrys. 31, 123; other exx. in FBleek, Hb II/1, 1836, 590ff), in his capacity as judge (Libanius, Legat. Ulixis [=Declamatio IV] 2 F. τοῖς δὲ ἀδίκως ἀποκτενοῦσι καὶ πρὸς θεοὺς καὶ πρὸς ἀνθρώπους ὁ λόγος γίγνεται) Hb 4:13. οὐ πρὸς σάρκα ὁ λόγος, ἀλλὰ πρὸς θεόν he has to do not with flesh, but with God IMg 3:2.
    In Col 2:23 (s. 1aβ) λόγον μὲν ἔχοντα σοφίας may= make a case for wisdom (cp. λόγος ἡμῖν οὐδείς Plut., Mor. 870b).
    the independent personified expression of God, the Logos. Our lit. shows traces of a way of thinking that was widespread in contemporary syncretism, as well as in Jewish wisdom lit. and Philo, the most prominent feature of which is the concept of the Logos, the independent, personified ‘Word’ (of God): GJs 11:2 (word of the angel to Mary) συνλήμψῃ ἐκ Λόγου αὐτοῦ (sc. τοῦ πάντων Δεσπότου). J 1:1abc, 14 (cp. Just., A I, 23, 2; Mel., P. 9, 61 and oft. by all apolog., exc.. Ar.). It is the distinctive teaching of the Fourth Gospel that this divine ‘Word’ took on human form in a historical person, that is, in Jesus (s. RSeeberg, Festgabe für AvHarnack ’21, 263–81.—Λόγος w. ζωή in gnostic speculation: Iren.1, 1, 1 [Harv. 1, 10, 4]; Aelian, VH 4, 20 ἐκάλουν τὸν Πρωταγόραν Λόγον. Similarly Favorinus [II A.D.]: Vorsokr. 80 A 1 ln. 22 [in Diog. L. 9, 50] of Democritus: ἐκαλεῖτο Σοφία. Equating a divinity with an abstraction that she personifies: Artem. 5, 18 φρόνησις εἶναι νομίζεται ἡ θεός [Athena]). Cp. 1J 1:1; Rv 19:13. εἷς θεός ἐστιν, ὁ φανερώσας ἑαυτὸν διὰ Ἰ. Χριστοῦ τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ, ὅς ἐστιν αὐτοῦ λόγος, ἀπὸ σιγῆς προελθών there is one God, who has revealed himself through Jesus Christ his Son, who is his ‘Word’ proceeding from silence (i.e., without an oral pronouncement: in a transcendent manner) IMg 8:2 (s. σιγή). The Lord as νόμος κ. λόγος PtK 1. Cp. Dg 11:2, 3, 7, 8; 12:9.—HClavier, TManson memorial vol., ’59, 81–93: the Alexandrian eternal λόγος is also implied in Hb 4:12; 13:7.—S. also the ‘Comma Johanneum’ (to the bibliography in RGG3 I, ’54 [HGreeven] add AJülicher, GGA 1905, 930–35; AvHarnack, SBBerlAk 1915, 572f [=Studien I ’31, 151f]; MMeinertz, Einl. in d. NT4 ’33, 309–11; AGreiff, TQ 114, ’33, 465–80; CDodd, The Joh. Epistles ’46; WThiele, ZNW 50, ’59, 61–73) ὁ πατήρ, ὁ λόγος καὶ τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα 1J 5:7 v.l. (s. N. app.; Borger, TRu 52, ’87, 57f). (Such interpolations were not unheard of. According to Diog. L. 1, 48 some people maintain that Solon inserted the verse mentioning the Athenians after Il. 2, 557.—τῆς τριάδος, τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ λόγου αὐτοῦ καὶ τῆς σοφίας αὐτοῦ Theoph. Ant. 2, 15 [p. 138, 19].)—On the Logos: EZeller, D. Philosophie der Griechen III 24 1903, 417–34; MHeinze, D. Lehre v. Logos in d. griech. Philosophie 1872; PWendland, Philo u. d. kynisch-stoische Diatribe (Beiträge z. Gesch. der griech. Philosophie u. Religion by Wendl. and OKern 1895, 1–75); AAall, Gesch. d. Logosidee 1896, 1899; MPohlenz, D. Stoa ’48f, I 482; 490 (index); LDürr, D. Wertung des göttl. Wortes im AT u. im ant. Orient ’38 (§9 of the Joh. Logos); EBréhier, Les idées philosophiques et religieuses de Philon d’Alexandrie 1907, 83–111; (2 ’25); JLebreton, Les théories du Logos au début de l’ère chrétienne 1907; ESchwartz, NGG 1908, 537–56; GVos, The Range of the Logos-Title in the Prologue of the Fourth Gospel: PTR 11, 1913, 365–419; 557–602; RHarris, The Origin of the Prologue to St. John’s Gospel 1917, Athena, Sophia and the Logos: BJRL 7, 1, 1922 p. 56–72; M-JLagrange, Vers le Logos de S. Jean: RB 32, 1923, 161–84, Le Logos de Philon: ibid. 321–71; HLeisegang, Logos: Pauly-W. XIII 1926, 1035–81; TGlasson, Heraclitus’ Alleged Logos Doctr., JTS 3, ’52, 231–38.—NWeinstein, Z. Genesis d. Agada 1901, 29–90; Billerb. II 302–33.—Rtzst., Zwei religionsgeschichtl. Fragen 1901, 47–132, Mysterienrel.3 1927, 428 index; WBousset, Kyrios Christos2 1921, 304ff; 316f; JKroll, D. Lehren d. Hermes Trismegistos1914, 418 index.—RBultmann, D. religionsgesch. Hintergrund des Prol. z. Joh.: HGunkel Festschr., 1923, II 1–26, Comm. ’41, 5ff; AAlexander, The Johannine Doctrine of the Logos: ET 36, 1925, 394–99; 467–72; (Rtzst. and) HSchaeder, Studien z. antiken Synkretismus 1926, 306–37; 350; GAvdBerghvanEysinga, In den beginne was de Logos: NThT 23, ’34, 105–23; JDillersberger, Das Wort von Logos ’35; RBury, The 4th Gosp. and the Logos-Doctrine ’40; EMay, CBQ 8, ’46, 438–47; GKnight, From Moses to Paul ’49, 120–29. TW IV 76–89; 126–40 (on this s. SLyonnet, Biblica 26, ’45, 126–31); CStange, ZST 21, ’50, 120–41; MBoismard, Le Prologue de St. Jean ’53; HLangkammer, BZ 9, ’65, 91–94; HRinggren, Word and Wisdom [hypostatization in Near East] ’47; WEltester, Haenchen Festschr., ’64, 109–34; HWeiss, Untersuchungen zur Kosmologie etc., TU 97, ’66, 216–82; MRissi, Die Logoslieder im Prolog des vierten Evangeliums, TZ 31, ’75, 321–36; HLausberg, NAWG, Ph. ’87, 1 pp. 1–7.—B. 1262. DELG s.v. λέγω B 1. M-M. EDNT. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > λόγος

  • 8 λόγος

    λόγος, , verbal noun of λέγω (B), with senses corresponding to λέγω (B) II and III (on the various senses of the word v. Theo Sm.pp.72,73 H., An.Ox.4.327): common in all periods in Prose and Verse, exc. Epic, in which it is found in signf. derived from λέγω (B) 111, cf.infr. VI. 1 a:
    I computation, reckoning (cf. λέγω (B) II).
    1 account of money handled,

    σανίδες εἰς ἃς τὸν λ. ἀναγράφομεν IG12.374.191

    ; ἐδίδοσαν τὸν λ. ib.232.2;

    λ. δώσεις τῶν μετεχείρισας χρημάτων Hdt.3.142

    , cf. 143;

    οὔτε χρήματα διαχειρίσας τῆς πόλεως δίδωμι λ. αὐτῶν οὔτε ἀρχὴν ἄρξας οὐδεμίαν εὐθύνας ὑπέχω νῦν αὐτῆς Lys.24.26

    ;

    λ. ἀπενεγκεῖν Arist.Ath.54.1

    ;

    ἐν ταῖς εὐθύναις τοῦ τοιούτου λ. ὑπεχέτω Pl.Lg. 774b

    ;

    τὸν τῶν χρημάτων λ. παρὰ τούτων λαμβάνειν D.8.47

    ;

    ἀδικήματα εἰς ἀργυρίου λ. ἀνήκοντα Din.1.60

    ; συνᾶραι λόγον μετά τινος settle accounts with, Ev.Matt.18.23, etc.; δεύτεροι λ. a second audit, Cod.Just.1.4.26.1; ὁ τραπεζιτικὸς λ. banking account, Theo Sm.p.73 H.: metaph.,

    οὐκ ἂν πριαίμην οὐδενὸς λ. βροτόν S.Aj. 477

    .
    b public accounts, i. e. branch of treasury, ἴδιος λ., in Egypt, OGI188.2, 189.3, 669.38; also as title of treasurer, ib.408.4, Str.17.1.12;

    ὁ ἐπὶ τῶν λ. IPE2.29

    A ([place name] Panticapaeum); δημόσιος λ., = Lat. fiscus, OGI669.21 (Egypt, i A.D.), etc. (but later, = aerarium, Cod.Just.1.5.15); also

    Καίσαρος λ. OGI669.30

    ; κυριακὸς λ. ib.18.
    2 generally, account, reckoning, μὴ φῦναι τὸν ἅπαντα νικᾷ λ. excels the whole account, i.e. is best of all, S.OC 1225 (lyr.); δόντας λ. τῶν ἐποίησαν accounting for, i.e. paying the penalty for their doings, Hdt.8.100;

    λ. αἰτεῖν Pl.Plt. 285e

    ;

    λ. δοῦναι καὶ δέξασθαι Id.Prt. 336c

    , al.;

    λαμβάνειν λ. καὶ ἐλέγχειν Id.Men. 75d

    ;

    παρασχεῖν τῶν εἰρημένων λ. Id.R. 344d

    ;

    λ. ἀπαιτεῖν D.30.15

    , cf. Arist. EN 1104a3; λ. ὑπέχειν, δοῦναι, D.19.95;

    λ. ἐγγράψαι Id.24.199

    , al.;

    λ. ἀποφέρειν τῇ πόλει Aeschin.3.22

    , cf. Eu. Luc.16.2, Ep.Hebr.13.17;

    τὸ παράδοξον τῶν συμβεβηκότων ὑπὸ λόγον ἄγειν Plb.15.34.2

    ; λ. ἡ ἐπιστήμη, πολλὰ δὲ ὁ λ. the account is manifold, Plot.6.9.4; ἔχων λόγον τοῦ διὰ τί an account of the cause, Arist.APo. 74b27; ἐς λ. τινός on account of,

    ἐς χρημάτων λ. Th.3.46

    , cf. Plb.5.89.6, LXX 2 Ma1.14, JRS 18.152 ([place name] Jerash); λόγῳ c. gen., by way of, Cod.Just.3.2.5. al.; κατὰ λόγον τοῦ μεγέθους if we take into account his size, Arist.HA 517b27;

    πρὸς ὃν ἡμῖν ὁ λ. Ep.Hebr.4.13

    , cf. D.Chr.31.123.
    3 measure, tale (cf. infr. 11.1),

    θάλασσα.. μετρέεται ἐς τὸν αὐτὸν λ. ὁκοῖος πρόσθεν Heraclit.31

    ;

    ψυχῆς ἐστι λ. ἑαυτὸν αὔξων Id.115

    ; ἐς τούτου (sc. γήραος) λ. οὐ πολλοί τινες ἀπικνέονται to the point of old age, Hdt.3.99, cf.7.9.β; ὁ ξύμπας λ. the full tale, Th.7.56, cf. Ep.Phil.4.15; κοινῷ λ. νομίσαντα common measure, Pl.Lg. 746e; sum, total of expenditure, IG42(1).103.151 (Epid., iv B.C.); ὁ τῆς οὐσίας λ., = Lat. patrimonii modus, Cod.Just.1.5.12.20.
    4 esteem, consideration, value put on a person or thing (cf. infr. VI. 2 d), οὗ πλείων λ. ἢ τῶν ἄλλων who is of more worth than all the rest, Heraclit.39; βροτῶν λ. οὐκ ἔσχεν οὐδέν' A.Pr. 233;

    οὐ σμικροῦ λ. S.OC 1163

    : freq. in Hdt.,

    Μαρδονίου λ. οὐδεὶς γίνεται 8.102

    ;

    τῶν ἦν ἐλάχιστος ἀπολλυμένων λ. 4.135

    , cf. E.Fr.94;

    περὶ ἐμοῦ οὐδεὶς λ. Ar.Ra.87

    ; λόγου οὐδενὸς γίνεσθαι πρός τινος to be of no account, repute with.., Hdt.1.120, cf.4.138; λόγου ποιήσασθαί τινα make one of account, Id.1.33; ἐλαχίστου, πλείστου λ. εἶναι, to be highly, lowly esteemed, Id.1.143, 3.146; but also λόγον τινὸς ποιεῖσθαι, like Lat. rationem habere alicujus, make account of, set a value on, Democr.187, etc.: usu. in neg. statements,

    οὐδένα λ. ποιήσασθαί τινος Hdt.1.4

    , cf. 13, Plb.21.14.9, etc.;

    λ. ἔχειν Hdt.1.62

    , 115;

    λ. ἴσχειν περί τινος Pl.Ti. 87c

    ;

    λ. ἔχειν περὶ τοὺς ποιητάς Lycurg.107

    ;

    λ. ἔχειν τινός D.18.199

    , Arist.EN 1102b32, Plu.Phil.18 (but also, have the reputation of.., v. infr. VI. 2 e);

    ἐν οὐδενὶ λ. ποιήσασθαί τι Hdt.3.50

    ; ἐν οὐδενὶ λ. ἀπώλοντο without regard, Id.9.70;

    ἐν σμικρῷ λ. εἶναι Pl.R. 550a

    ; ὑμεῖς οὔτ' ἐν λ. οὔτ' ἐν ἀριθμῷ Orac. ap. Sch.Theoc.14.48; ἐν ἀνδρῶν λ. [εἶναι] to be reckoned, count as a man, Hdt.3.120; ἐν ἰδιώτεω λόγῳ καὶ ἀτίμου reckoned as.., Eus.Mynd.Fr. 59;

    σεμνὸς εἰς ἀρετῆς λ. καὶ δόξης D.19.142

    .
    II relation, correspondence, proportion,
    1 generally, ὑπερτερίης λ. relation (of gold to lead), Thgn.418 = 1164;

    πρὸς λόγον τοῦ σήματος A.Th. 519

    ; κατὰ λόγον προβαίνοντες τιμῶσι in inverse ratio, Hdt.1.134, cf. 7.36;

    κατὰ λ. τῆς ἀποφορῆς Id.2.109

    ; τἄλλα κατὰ λ. in like fashion, Hp.VM16, Prog.17: c. gen., κατὰ λ. τῶν πρόσθεν ib. 24;

    κατὰ λ. τῶν ἡμερῶν Ar. Nu. 619

    ;

    κατὰ λ. τῆς δυνάμεως X. Cyr.8.6.11

    ;

    ἐλάττω ἢ κατὰ λ. Arist. HA 508a2

    , cf. PA 671a18;

    ἐκ ταύτης ἐγένετο ἐκείνη κατὰ λ. Id.Pol. 1257a31

    ; cf. εὔλογος: sts. with ὁ αὐτός added, κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λ. τῷ τείχεϊ in fashion like to.., Hdt.1.186; περὶ τῶν νόσων ὁ αὐτὸς λ. analogously, Pl.Tht. 158d, cf. Prm. 136b, al.; εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν λ. similarly, Id.R. 353d; κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λ. in the same ratio, IG12.76.8; by parity of reasoning, Pl.Cra. 393c, R. 610a, al.; ἀνὰ λόγον τινός, τινί, Id.Ti. 29c, Alc.2.145d; τοῦτον ἔχει τὸν λ. πρὸς.. ὃν ἡ παιδεία πρὸς τὴν ἀρετήν is related to.. as.., Procl.in Euc.p.20 F., al.
    2 Math., ratio, proportion (ὁ κατ' ἀνάλογον λ., λ. τῆς ἀναλογίας, Theo Sm.p.73 H.), Pythag. 2;

    ἰσότης λόγων Arist.EN 113a31

    ;

    λ. ἐστὶ δύο μεγεθῶν ἡ κατὰ πηλικότητα ποιὰ σχέσις Euc.5

    Def.3;

    τῶν ἁρμονιῶν τοὺς λ. Arist.Metaph. 985b32

    , cf. 1092b14; λόγοι ἀριθμῶν numerical ratios, Aristox.Harm.p.32 M.; τοὺς φθόγγους ἀναγκαῖον ἐν ἀριθμοῦ λ. λέγεσθαι πρὸς ἀλλήλους to be expressed in numerical ratios, Euc.Sect.Can. Proëm.: in Metre, ratio between arsis and thesis, by which the rhythm is defined, Aristox.Harm.p.34 M.;

    ἐὰν ᾖ ἰσχυροτέρα τοῦ αἰσθητηρίου ἡ κίνησις, λύεται ὁ λ. Arist.de An. 424a31

    ; ἀνὰ λόγον analogically, Archyt.2; ἀνὰ λ. μερισθεῖσα [ἡ ψυχή] proportionally, Pl. Ti. 37a; so

    κατὰ λ. Men.319.6

    ; πρὸς λόγον in proportion, Plb.6.30.3, 9.15.3 (but πρὸς λόγον ἐπὶ στενὸν συνάγεται narrows uniformly, Sor. 1.9, cf. Diocl.Fr.171);

    ἐπὶ λόγον IG5(1).1428

    ([place name] Messene).
    3 Gramm., analogy, rule, τῷ λ. τῶν μετοχικῶν, τῆς συγκοπῆς, by the rule of the participles, of syncope, Choerob. in Theod.1.75 Gaisf., 1.377 H.;

    εἰπέ μοι τὸν λ. τοῦ Αἴας Αἴαντος, τουτέστι τὸν κανόνα An.Ox. 4.328

    .
    1 plea, pretext, ground, ἐκ τίνος λ.; A.Ch. 515;

    ἐξ οὐδενὸς λ. S.Ph. 731

    ;

    ἀπὸ παντὸς λ. Id.OC 762

    ;

    χὠ λ. καλὸς προσῆν Id.Ph. 352

    ;

    σὺν ἀφανεῖ λ. Id.OT 657

    (lyr., v.l. λόγων)

    ; ἐν ἀφανεῖ λ. Antipho 5.59

    ;

    ἐπὶ τοιούτῳ λ. Hdt.6.124

    ; κατὰ τίνα λ.; on what ground? Pl.R. 366b; οὐδὲ πρὸς ἕνα λ. to no purpose, Id.Prt. 343d; ἐπὶ τίνι λ.; for what reason? X.HG2.2.19; τὸν λ. τοῦτον this ground of complaint, Aeschin.3.228; τίνι δικαίῳ λ.; what just cause is there? Pl.Grg. 512c; τίνι λ.; on what account? Act.Ap.10.29; κατὰ λόγον ἂν ἠνεσχόμην ὑμῶν reason would that.., ib.18.14; λ. ἔχειν, with personal subject, εἶχον ἄν τινα λ. I (i.e. my conduct) would have admitted of an explanation, Pl.Ap. 31b; τὸν ὀρθὸν λ. the true explanation, ib. 34b.
    b plea, case, in Law or argument (cf. VIII. I), τὸν ἥττω λ. κρείττω ποιεῖν to make the weaker case prevail, ib. 18b, al., Arist.Rh. 1402a24, cf. Ar.Nu. 1042 (pl.); personified, ib. 886, al.;

    ἀμύνεις τῷ τῆς ἡδονῆς λ. Pl.Phlb. 38a

    ;

    ἀνοίσεις τοὺς λ. αὐτῶν πρὸς τὸν θεόν LXXEx.18.19

    ; ἐχειν λ. πρός τινα to have a case, ground of action against.., Act.Ap.19.38.
    2 statement of a theory, argument, οὐκ ἐμεῦ ἀλλὰ τοῦ λ. ἀκούσαντας prob. in Heraclit.50; λόγον ἠδὲ νόημα ἀμφὶς ἀληθείης discourse and reflection on reality, Parm.8.50; δηλοῖ οὗτος ὁ λ. ὅτι .. Democr.7; οὐκ ἔχει λόγον it is not arguable, i.e. reasonable, S.El. 466, Pl.Phd. 62d, etc.;

    ἔχει λ. D.44.32

    ;

    οὐδεὶς αὐτὰ καταβαλεῖ λ. E.Ba. 202

    ;

    δίκασον.. τὸν λ. ἀκούσας Pl.Lg. 696b

    ; personified, φησὶ οὗτος ὁ λ. ib. 714d, cf. Sph. 238b, Phlb. 50a; ὡς ὁ λ. (sc. λέγει) Arist.EN 1115b12; ὡς ὁ λ. ὁ ὀρθὸς λέγει ib. 1138b20, cf. 29;

    ὁ λ. θέλει προσβιβάζειν Phld.Rh.1.41

    , cf.1.19 S.;

    οὐ γὰρ ἂν ἀκούσειε λόγου ἀποτρέποντος Arist.EN 1179b27

    ;

    λ. καθαίρων Aristo Stoic.1.88

    ; λόγου τυγχάνειν to be explained, Phld.Mus.p.77 K.; ὁ τὸν λ. μου ἀκούων my teaching, Ev.Jo.5.24; ὁ προφητικὸς λ., collect., of VT prophecy, 2 Ep.Pet.1.19: pl.,

    ὁκόσων λόγους ἤκουσα Heraclit.108

    ;

    οὐκ ἐπίθετο τοῖς ἐμοῖς λ. Ar.Nu.73

    ; of arguments leading to a conclusion ([etym.] ὁ λ.), Pl. Cri. 46b;

    τὰ Ἀναξαγόρου βιβλία γέμει τούτων τῶν λ. Id.Ap. 26d

    ; λ. ἀπὸ τῶν ἀρχῶν, ἐπὶ τὰς ἀρχάς, Arist.EN 1095a31; συλλογισμός ἐστι λ. ἐν ᾧ τεθέντων τινῶν κτλ. Id.APr. 24b18; λ. ἀντίτυπός τε καὶ ἄπορος, of a self-contradictory theory, Plot.6.8.7.
    b ὁ περὶ θεῶν λ., title of a discourse by Protagoras, D.L.9.54; ὁ Ἀχιλλεὺς λ., name of an argument, ib.23;

    ὁ αὐξόμενος λ. Plu.2.559b

    ; καταβάλλοντες (sc. λόγοι), title of work by Protagoras, S.E.M.7.60;

    λ. σοφιστικοί Arist.SE 165a34

    , al.;

    οἱ μαθηματικοὶ λ. Id.Rh. 1417a19

    , etc.; οἱ ἐξωτερικοὶ λ., current outside the Lyceum, Id.Ph. 217b31, al.; Δισσοὶ λ., title of a philosophical treatise (= Dialex.); Λ. καὶ Λογίνα, name of play of Epicharmus, quibble, argument, personified, Ath.8.338d.
    c in Logic, proposition, whether as premiss or conclusion,

    πρότασίς ἐστι λ. καταφατικὸς ἢ ἀποφατικός τινος κατά τινος Arist.APr. 24a16

    .
    d rule, principle, law, as embodying the result of λογισμός, Pi.O.2.22, P.1.35, N.4.31;

    πείθεσθαι τῷ λ. ὃς ἄν μοι λογιζομένῳ βέλτιστος φαίνηται Pl.Cri. 46b

    , cf. c; ἡδονὰς τοῖς ὀρθοῖς λ. ἑπομένας obeying right principles, Id.Lg. 696c; προαιρέσεως [ἀρχὴ] ὄρεξις καὶ λ. ὁ ἕνεκά τινος principle directed to an end, Arist.EN 1139a32; of the final cause,

    ἀρχὴ ὁ λ. ἔν τε τοῖς κατὰ τέχνην καὶ ἐν τοῖς φύσει συνεστηκόσιν Id.PA 639b15

    ; ἀποδιδόασι τοὺς λ. καὶ τὰς αἰτίας οὗ ποιοῦσι ἑκάστου ib.18; [

    τέχνη] ἕξις μετὰ λ. ἀληθοῦς ποιητική Id.EN 1140a10

    ; ὀρθὸς λ. true principle, right rule, ib. 1144b27, 1147b3, al.; κατὰ λόγον by rule, consistently,

    ὁ κατὰ λ. ζῶν Pl.Lg. 689d

    , cf. Ti. 89d; τὸ κατὰ λ. ζῆν, opp. κατὰ πάθος, Arist.EN 1169a5; κατὰ λ. προχωρεῖν according to plan, Plb.1.20.3.
    3 law, rule of conduct,

    ᾧ μάλιστα διηνεκῶς ὁμιλοῦσι λόγῳ Heraclit.72

    ;

    πολλοὶ λόγον μὴ μαθόντες ζῶσι κατὰ λόγον Democr.53

    ; δεῖ ὑπάρχειν τὸν λ. τὸν καθόλου τοῖς ἄρχουσιν universal principle, Arist.Pol. 1286a17;

    ὁ νόμος.. λ. ὢν ἀπό τινος φρονήσεως καὶ νοῦ Id.EN 1180a21

    ; ὁ νόμος.. ἔμψυχος ὢν ἑαυτῷ λ. conscience, Plu. 2.780c; τὸν λ. πρόχειρον ἔχειν precept, Phld.Piet.30, cf. 102;

    ὁ προστακτικὸς τῶν ποιητέων ἢ μὴ λ. κοινός M.Ant.4.4

    .
    4 thesis, hypothesis, provisional ground, ὡς ἂν εἰ λέγοι λόγον maintain a thesis, Pl. Prt. 344b; ὑποθέμενος ἑκάστοτε λ. provisionally assuming a proposition, Id.Phd. 100a; τὸν τῆς ὁμοιότητος λ. hypothesis of equivalence, Arist.Cael. 296a20.
    5 reason, ground,

    πάντων γινομένων κατὰ τὸν λ. τόνδε Heraclit.1

    ;

    οὕτω βαθὺν λ. ἔχει Id.45

    ; ἐκ λόγου, opp. μάτην, Leucipp. 2;

    μέγιστον σημεῖον οὗτος ὁ λ. Meliss.8

    ; [ἐμπειρία] οὐκ ἔχει λ. οὐδένα ὧν προσφέρει has no grounds for.., Pl.Grg. 465a; μετὰ λόγου

    τε καὶ ἐπιστήμης θείας Id.Sph. 265c

    ; ἡ μετα λόγου ἀληθὴς δόξα ([etym.] ἐπιστήμη) Id.Tht. 201c; λόγον ζητοῦσιν ὧν οὐκ ἔστι λ. proof, Arist. Metaph. 1011a12;

    οἱ ἁπάντων ζητοῦντες λ. ἀναιροῦσι λ. Thphr.Metaph. 26

    .
    6 formula (wider than definition, but freq. equivalent thereto), term expressing reason,

    λ. τῆς πολιτείας Pl.R. 497c

    ; ψυχῆς οὐσία τε καὶ λ. essential definition, Id.Phdr. 245e;

    ὁ τοῦ δικαίου λ. Id.R. 343a

    ; τὸν λ. τῆς οὐσίας ib. 534b, cf. Phd. 78d;

    τὰς πολλὰς ἐπιστήμας ἑνὶ λ. προσειπεῖν Id.Tht. 148d

    ;

    ὁ τῆς οἰκοδομήσεως λ. ἔχει τὸν τῆς οἰκίας Arist. PA 646b3

    ;

    τεθείη ἂν ἴδιον ὄνομα καθ' ἕκαστον τῶν λ. Id.Metaph. 1006b5

    , cf. 1035b4;

    πᾶς ὁρισμὸς λ. τίς ἐστι Id.Top. 102a5

    ; ἐπὶ τῶν σχημάτων λ. κοινός generic definition, Id.de An. 414b23; ἀκριβέστατος λ. specific definition, Id.Pol. 1276b24;

    πηγῆς λ. ἔχον Ph.2.477

    ; τὸ ᾠὸν οὔτε ἀρχῆς ἔχει λ. fulfils the function of.., Plu.2.637d; λ. τῆς μίξεως formula, i. e. ratio (cf. supr. II) of combination, Arist.PA 642a22, cf. Metaph. 993a17.
    7 reason, law exhibited in the world-process, κατὰ λόγον by law,

    κόσμῳ πάντα καὶ κατὰ λ. ἔχοντα Pl.R. 500c

    ; κατ τὸν < αὐτὸν αὖ> λ. by the same law, Epich.170.18;

    ψυχῆς τὸ πᾶν τόδε διοικούσης κατὰ λ. Plot.2.3.13

    ; esp. in Stoic Philos., the divine order,

    τὸν τοῦ παντὸς λ. ὃν ἔνιοι εἱμαρμένην καλοῦσιν Zeno Stoic.1.24

    ; τὸ ποιοῦν τὸν ἐν [τῇ ὕλῃ] λ. τὸν θεόν ibid., cf. 42;

    ὁ τοῦ κόσμου λ. Chrysipp.Stoic.2.264

    ; λόγος, = φύσει νόμος, Stoic.2.169;

    κατὰ τὸν κοινὸν θεοῖς καὶ ἀνθρώποις λ. M.Ant.7.53

    ;

    ὁ ὀρθὸς λ. διὰ πάντων ἐρχόμενος Chrysipp.Stoic.3.4

    : so in Plot.,

    τὴν φύσιν εἶναι λόγον, ὃς ποιεῖ λ. ἄλλον γέννημα αὑτοῦ 3.8.2

    .
    b σπερματικὸς λ. generative principle in organisms,

    ὁ θεὸς σπ. λ. τοῦ κόσμου Zeno Stoic.1.28

    : usu. in pl., Stoic. 2.205,314,al.;

    γίνεται τὰ ἐν τῷ παντὶ οὐ κατὰ σπερματικούς, ἀλλὰ κατὰ λ. περιληπτικούς Plot.3.1.7

    , cf.4.4.39: so without

    σπερματικός, ὥσπερ τινὲς λ. τῶν μερῶν Cleanth.Stoic.1.111

    ;

    οἱ λ. τῶν ὅλων Ph.1.9

    .
    c in Neo-Platonic Philos., of regulative and formative forces, derived from the intelligible and operative in the sensible universe,

    ὄντων μειζόνων λ. καὶ θεωρούντων αὑτοὺς ἐγὼ γεγέννημαι Plot.3.8.4

    ;

    οἱ ἐν σπέρματι λ. πλάττουσι.. τὰ ζῷα οἷον μικρούς τινας κόσμους Id.4.3.10

    , cf.3.2.16,3.5.7; opp. ὅρος, Id.6.7.4;

    ἀφανεῖς λ. τῆς φύσεως Procl.

    in R.1.18 K.; τεχνικοὶ λ. ib.142 K., al.
    IV inward debate of the soul (cf.

    λ. ὃν αὐτὴ πρὸς αὑτὴν ἡ ψυχὴ διεξέρχεται Pl.Tht. 189e

    ( διάλογος in Sph. 263e); ὁ ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ, ὁ ἔσω λ. (opp. ὁ ἔξω λ.), Arist.APo. 76b25, 27; ὁ ἐνδιάθετος, opp. ὁ προφορικὸς λ., Stoic.2.43, Ph.2.154),
    1 thinking, reasoning, τοῦ λ. ἐόντος ξυνοῦ, opp. ἰδία φρόνησις, Heraclit. 2; κρῖναι δὲ λόγῳ.. ἔλεγχον test by reflection, Parm.1.36; reflection, deliberation (cf. VI.3),

    ἐδίδου λόγον ἑωυτῷ περὶ τῆς ὄψιος Hdt.1.209

    , cf. 34, S.OT 583, D.45.7; μὴ εἰδέναι.. μήτε λόγῳ μήτε ἔργῳ neither by reasoning nor by experience, Anaxag.7;

    ἃ δὴ λόγῳ μὲν καὶ διανοίᾳ ληπτά, ὄψει δ' οὔ Pl.R. 529d

    , cf. Prm. 135e;

    ὁ λ. ἢ ἡ αἴσθησις Arist.EN 1149a35

    ,al.; αὐτῷ μόνον τῷ λ. πιστεύειν (opp. αἰσθήσεις), of Parmenides and his school, Aristocl. ap. Eus.PE14.17: hence λόγῳ or τῷ λ. in idea, in thought,

    τῷ λ. τέμνειν Pl.R. 525e

    ; τῷ λ. δύο ἐστίν, ἀχώριστα πεφυκότα two in idea, though indistinguishable in fact, Arist. EN 1102a30, cf. GC 320b14, al.; λόγῳ θεωρητά mentally conceived, opp. sensibly perceived, Placit.1.3.5, cf. Demetr.Lac.Herc.1055.20;

    τοὺς λ. θεωρητοὺς χρόνους Epicur.Ep.1p.19U.

    ; διὰ λόγου θ. χ. ib.p.10 U.;

    λόγῳ καταληπτός Phld.Po.5.20

    , etc.; ὁ λ. οὕτω αἱρέει analogy proves, Hdt.2.33; ὁ λ. or λ. αἱρέει reasoning convinces, Id.3.45,6.124, cf. Pl.Cri. 48c (but, our argument shows, Lg. 663d): also c. acc. pers., χρᾶται ὅ τι μιν λ. αἱρέει as the whim took him, Hdt.1.132; ἢν μὴ ἡμέας λ. αἱρῇ unless we see fit, Id.4.127, cf. Pl.R. 607b; later ὁ αἱρῶν λ. ordaining reason, Zeno Stoic.1.50, M.Ant.2.5, cf. 4.24, Arr.Epict. 2.2.20, etc.: coupled or contrasted with other functions, καθ' ὕπνον ἐπειδὴ λόγου καὶ φρονήσεως οὐ μετεῖχε since reason and understanding are in abeyance, Pl.Ti. 71d; μετὰ λόγου τε καὶ ἐπιστήμης, opp. αἰτία αὐτομάτη, of Nature's processes of production, Id.Sph. 265c; τὸ μὲν δὴ νοήσει μετὰ λόγου περιληπτόν embraced by thought with reflection, opp. μετ' αἰσθήσεως ἀλόγου, Id.Ti. 28a; τὸ μὲν ἀεὶ μετ' ἀληθοῦς λ., opp. τὸ δὲ ἄλογον, ib. 51e, cf. 70d, al.;

    λ. ἔχων ἑπόμενον τῷ νοεῖν Id.Phlb. 62a

    ; ἐπιστήμη ἐνοῦσα καὶ ὀρθὸς λ. scientific knowledge and right process of thought, Id.Phd. 73a;

    πᾶς λ. καὶ πᾶσα ἐπιστήμη τῶν καθόλου Arist.Metaph. 1059b26

    ;

    τὸ λόγον ἔχον Id.EN 1102b15

    , 1138b9, al.: in sg. and pl., contrasted by Pl. and Arist. as theory, abstract reasoning with outward experience, sts. with depreciatory emphasis on the former,

    εἰς τοὺς λ. καταφυγόντα Pl.Phd. 99e

    ; τὸν ἐν λόγοις σκοπούμενον τὰ ὄντα, opp. τὸν ἐν ἔργοις (realities), ib. 100a;

    τῇ αἰσθήσει μᾶλλον τῶν λ. πιστευτέον Arist.GA 760b31

    ; γνωριμώτερα κατὰ τὸν λ., opp. κατὰ τὴν αἴσθησιν, Id.Ph. 189a4; ἐκ τῶν λ. δῆλον, opp. ἐκ τῆς ἐπαγωγῆς, Id.Mete. 378b20; ἡ τῶν λ. πίστις, opp. ἐκ τῶν ἔργων φανερόν, Id.Pol. 1326a29;

    ἡ πίστις οὐ μόνον ἐπὶ τῆς αἰσθήσεως ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ λ. Id.Ph. 262a19

    ;

    μαρτυρεῖ τὰ γιγνόμενα τοῖς λ. Id.Pol. 1334a6

    ; ὁ μὲν λ. τοῦ καθόλου, ἡ δὲ αἴσθησις τοῦ κατὰ μέρος explanation, opp. perception, Id.Ph. 189a7; ἔσονται τοῖς λ. αἱ πράξεις ἀκόλουθοι theory, opp. practice, Epicur.Sent.25; in Logic, of discursive reasoning, opp. intuition, Arist.EN 1142a26, 1143b1; reasoning in general, ib. 1149a26; πᾶς λ. καὶ πᾶσα ἀπόδειξις all reasoning and demonstration, Id.Metaph. 1063b10;

    λ. καὶ φρόνησιν Phld.Mus.p.105

    K.; ὁ λ. ἢ λογισμός ibid.; τὸ ἰδεῖν οὐκέτι λ., ἀλλὰ μεῖζον λόγου καὶ πρὸ λόγου, of mystical vision, opp. reasoning, Plot.6.9.10.—Phrases, κατὰ λ. τὸν εἰκότα by probable reasoning, Pl.Ti. 30b;

    οὔκουν τόν γ' εἰκότα λ. ἂν ἔχοι Id.Lg. 647d

    ; παρὰ λόγον, opp. κατὰ λ., Arist.Rh.Al. 1429a29, cf. EN 1167b19; cf. παράλογος (but παρὰ λ. unexpectedly, E.Ba. 940).
    2 reason as a faculty, ὁ λ. ἀνθρώπους κυβερνᾷ [Epich.] 256; [

    θυμοειδὲς] τοῦ λ. κατήκοον Pl.Ti. 70a

    ; [

    θυμὸς] ὑπὸ τοῦ λ. ἀνακληθείς Id.R. 440d

    ; σύμμαχον τῷ λ. τὸν θυμόν ib. b;

    πειθαρχεῖ τῷ λ. τὸ τοῦ ἐγκρατοῦς Arist. EN 1102b26

    ; ἄλλο τι παρὰ τὸν λ. πεφυκός, ὃ μάχεται τῷ λ. ib.17;

    ἐναντίωσις λόγου πρὸς ἐπιθυμίας Plot.4.7.13(8)

    ;

    οὐ θυμός, οὐκ ἐπιθυμία, οὐδὲ λ. οὐδέ τις νόησις Id.6.9.11

    : freq. in Stoic. Philos. of human Reason, opp. φαντασία, Zeno Stoic.1.39; opp. φύσις, Stoic.2.206; οὐ σοφία οὐδὲ λ. ἐστὶν ἐν [τοῖς ζῴοις] ibid.;

    τοῖς ἀλόγοις ζῴοις ὡς λ. ἔχων λ. μὴ ἔχουσι χρῶ M.Ant.6.23

    ;

    ὁ λ. κοινὸν πρὸς τοὺς θεούς Arr.Epict. 1.3.3

    ;

    οἷον [εἰκὼν] λ. ὁ ἐν προφορᾷ λόγου τοῦ ἐν ψυχῇ, οὕτω καὶ αὐτὴ λ. νοῦ Plot.5.1.3

    ; τὸ τὸν λ. σχεῖν τὴν οἰκείαν ἀρετήν (sc. εὐδαιμονίαν) Procl.in Ti.3.334 D.; also of the reason which pervades the universe, θεῖος λ. [Epich.] 257;

    τὸν θεῖον λ. καθ' Ἡράκλειτον δι' ἀναπνοῆς σπάσαντες νοεροὶ γινόμεθα S.E.M.7.129

    (cf. infr. x).
    b creative reason,

    ἀδύνατον ἦν λόγον μὴ οὐκ ἐπὶ πάντα ἐλθεῖν Plot.3.2.14

    ;

    ἀρχὴ οὖν λ. καὶ πάντα λ. καὶ τὰ γινόμενα κατ' αὐτόν Id.3.2.15

    ;

    οἱ λ. πάντες ψυχαί Id.3.2.18

    .
    V continuous statement, narrative (whether fact or fiction), oration, etc. (cf. λέγω (B) 11.2),
    1 fable, Hdt.1.141;

    Αἰσώπου λόγοι Pl.Phd. 60d

    , cf. Arist.Rh. 1393b8;

    ὁ τοῦ κυνὸς λ. X.Mem. 2.7.13

    .
    2 legend,

    ἱρὸς λ. Hdt.2.62

    , cf. 47, Pi.P.3.80 (pl.);

    συνθέντες λ. E.Ba. 297

    ;

    λ. θεῖος Pl.Phd. 85d

    ; ἱεροὶ λ., of Orphic rhapsodies, Suid. S.V. Ὀρφεύς.
    3 tale, story,

    ἄλλον ἔπειμι λ. Xenoph. 7.1

    , cf. Th.1.97, etc.;

    συνθέτους λ. A.Pr. 686

    ; σπουδὴν λόγου urgent tidings, E.Ba. 663; ἄλλος λ. 'another story', Pl.Ap. 34e; ὁμολογούμενος ὁ λ. ἐστίν the story is consistent, Isoc.3.27: pl., histories,

    ἐν τοῖσι Ἀσσυρίοισι λ. Hdt.1.184

    , cf. 106, 2.99; so in sg., a historical work, Id.2.123, 6.19,7.152: also in sg., one section of such a work (like later βίβλος), Id.2.38,6.39, cf. VI.3d; so in pl.,

    ἐν τοῖσι Λιβυκοῖσι λ. Id.2.161

    , cf. 1.75,5.22,7.93, 213;

    ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ τῶν λ. Id.5.36

    ; ὁ πρῶτος λ., of St. Luke's gospel, Act.Ap.1.1: in Pl., opp. μῦθος, as history to legend, Ti. 26e;

    ποιεῖν μύθους ἀλλ' οὐ λόγους Phd. 61b

    , cf. Grg. 523a (but μῦθον λέγειν, opp. λόγῳ ( argument)

    διεξελθεῖν Prt. 320c

    , cf. 324d);

    περὶ λόγων καὶ μύθων Arist.Pol. 1336a30

    ;

    ὁ λ... μῦθός ἐστι Ael.NA4.34

    .
    4 speech, delivered in court, assembly, etc.,

    χρήσομαι τῇ τοῦ λ. τάξει ταύτῃ Aeschin.3.57

    , cf. Arist.Rh. 1358a38;

    δικανικοὶ λ. Id.EN 1181a4

    ;

    τρία γένη τῶν λ. τῶν ῥητορικῶν, συμβουλευτικόν, δικανικόν, ἐπιδεικτικόν Id.Rh. 1358b7

    ;

    τῷ γράψαντι τὸν λ. Thphr. Char.17.8

    , cf.

    λογογράφος 11

    ; ἐπιτάφιος λ. funeral oration, Pl.Mx. 236b; esp. of the body of a speech, opp. ἐπίλογος, Arist.Rh. 1420b3; opp. προοίμιον, ib. 1415a12; body of a law, opp. proem, Pl.Lg. 723b; spoken, opp. written word,

    τὸν τοῦ εἰδότος λ. ζῶντα καὶ ἔμψυχον οὗ ὁ γεγραμμένος εἴδωλόν τι Id.Phdr. 276a

    ; ὁ ἐκ τοῦ βιβλίου ῥηθεὶς [λ.] speech read from a roll, ib. 243c; published speech, D.C.40.54; rarely of the speeches in Tragedy ([etym.] ῥήσεις), Arist.Po. 1450b6,9.
    VI verbal expression or utterance (cf. λέγω (B) 111), rarely a single word, v. infr. b, never in Gramm. signf. of vocable ([etym.] ἔπος, λέξις, ὄνομα, ῥῆμα), usu. of a phrase, cf. IX. 3 (the only sense found in [dialect] Ep.).
    a pl., without Art., talk,

    τὸν ἔτερπε λόγοις Il.15.393

    ;

    αἱμύλιοι λ. Od.1.56

    , h.Merc. 317, Hes.Th. 890, Op.78, 789, Thgn.704, A.R.3.1141; ψευδεῖς Λ., personified, Hes.Th. 229;

    ἀφροδίσιοι λ. Semon.7.91

    ;

    ἀγανοῖσι λ. Pi.P. 4.101

    ; ὄψον δὲ λ. φθονεροῖσιν tales, Id.N.8.21; σμικροὶ λ. brief words, S.Aj. 1268 (s.v.l.), El. 415; δόκησις ἀγνὼς λόγων bred of talk, Id.OT 681 (lyr.): also in sg., λέγ' εἴ σοι τῷ λ. τις ἡδονή speak if thou delightest in talking, Id.El. 891.
    b sg., expression, phrase,

    πρὶν εἰπεῖν ἐσθλὸν ἢ κακὸν λ. Id.Ant. 1245

    , cf. E.Hipp. 514;

    μυρίας ὡς εἰπεῖν λόγῳ Hdt.2.37

    ; μακρὸς λ. rigmarole, Simon.189, Arist.Metaph. 1091a8; λ. ἠρέμα λεχθεὶς διέθηκε τὸ πόρρω a whispered message, Plot.4.9.3; ἑνὶ λόγῳ to sum up, in brief phrase, Pl.Phdr. 241e, Phd. 65d; concisely, Arist. EN 1103b21 (but also, = ἁπλῶς, περὶ πάντων ἑνὶ λ. Id.GC 325a1): pl., λ. θελκτήριοι magic words, E.Hipp. 478; rarely of single words,

    λ. εὐσύνθετος οἷον τὸ χρονοτριβεῖν Arist.Rh. 1406a36

    ; οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λ. answered her not a word, Ev.Matt.15.23.
    c coupled or contrasted with words expressed or understood signifying act, fact, truth, etc., mostly in a depreciatory sense,

    λ. ἔργου σκιή Democr. 145

    ;

    ὥσπερ μικρὸν παῖδα λόγοις μ' ἀπατᾷς Thgn.254

    ; λόγῳ, opp. ἔργῳ, Democr.82, etc.;

    νηπίοισι οὐ λ. ἀλλὰ ξυμφορὴ διδάσκαλος Id.76

    ;

    ἔργῳ κοὐ λόγῳ τεκμαίρομαι A.Pr. 338

    , cf. S.El.59, OC 782;

    λόγῳ μὲν λέγουσι.. ἔργῳ δὲ οὐκ ἀποδεικνῦσι Hdt.4.8

    ;

    οὐ λόγων, φασίν, ἡ ἀγορὴ δεῖται, χαλκῶν δέ Herod.7.49

    ;

    οὔτε λ. οὔτε ἔργῳ Lys.9.14

    ; λόγοις, opp. ψήφῳ, Aeschin.2.33; opp. νόῳ, Hdt.2.100;

    οὐ λόγῳ μαθών E.Heracl.5

    ;

    ἐκ λόγων, κούφου πράγματος Pl.Lg. 935a

    ; λόγοισι εἰς τὸ πιθανὸν περιπεπεμμένα ib. 886e, cf. Luc.Anach.19;

    ἵνα μὴ λ. οἴησθε εἶναι, ἀλλ' εἰδῆτε τὴν ἀλήθειαν Lycurg.23

    , cf. D.30.34; opp. πρᾶγμα, Arist.Top. 146a4; opp. βία, Id.EN 1179b29, cf. 1180a5; opp. ὄντα, Pl.Phd. 100a; opp. γνῶσις, 2 Ep.Cor.11.6; λόγῳ in pretence, Hdt.1.205, Pl.R. 361b, 376d, Ti. 27a, al.; λόγου ἕνεκα merely as a matter of words,

    ἄλλως ἕνεκα λ. ἐλέγετο Id.Cri. 46d

    ; λόγου χάριν, opp. ὡς ἀληθῶς, Arist.Pol. 1280b8; but also, let us say, for instance, Id.EN 1144a33, Plb.10.46.4, Phld. Sign.29, M.Ant.4.32; λόγου ἕνεκα let us suppose, Pl.Tht. 191c; ἕως λόγου, μέχρι λ., = Lat. verbo tenus, Plb.10.24.7, Epict.Ench.16: sts. without depreciatory force, the antithesis or parallelism being verbal (cf. 'word and deed'),

    λόγῳ τε καὶ σθένει S.OC68

    ;

    ἔν τε ἔργῳ καὶ λ. Pl.R. 382e

    , cf. D.S.13.101, Ev.Luc.24.19, Act.Ap.7.22, Paus.2.16.2; ὅσα μὲν λόγῳ εἶπον, opp. τὰ ἔργα τῶν πραχθέντων, Th. 1.22.
    2 common talk, report, tradition,

    ὡς λ. ἐν θνητοῖσιν ἔην Batr. 8

    ;

    λ. ἐκ πατέρων Alc.71

    ;

    οὐκ ἔστ' ἔτυμος λ. οὗτος Stesich.32

    ;

    διξὸς λέγεται λ. Hdt.3.32

    ;

    λ. ὑπ' Αἰγυπτίων λεγόμενος Id.2.47

    ; νέον [λ.] tidings, S.Ant. 1289 (lyr.); τὰ μὲν αὐτοὶ ὡρῶμεν, τὰ δὲ λόγοισι ἐπυνθανόμεθα by hearsay, Hdt.2.148: also in pl., ἐν γράμμασιν λόγοι κείμενοι traditions, Pl.Lg. 886b.
    b rumour,

    ἐπὶ παντὶ λ. ἐπτοῆσθαι Heraclit. 87

    ; αὐδάεις λ. voice of rumour, B.14.44; περὶ θεῶν διῆλθεν ὁ λ. ὅτι .. Th.6.46; λ. παρεῖχεν ὡς .. Plb.3.89.3; ἐξῆλθεν ὁ λ. οὗτος εῖς τινας ὅτι .. Ev.Jo.21.23, cf. Act.Ap.11.22; fiction, Ev.Matt.28.15.
    c mention, notice, description, οὐκ ὕει λόγου ἄξιον οὐδέν worth mentioning, Hdt.4.28, cf. Plb.1.24.8, etc.; ἔργα λόγου μέζω beyond expression, Hdt.2.35; κρεῖσσον λόγου τὸ εἶδος τῆς νόσου beyond description, Th. 2.50;

    μείζω ἔργα ἢ ὡς τῷ λ. τις ἂν εἴποι D.6.11

    .
    d the talk one occasions, repute, mostly in good sense, good report, praise, honour (cf. supr. 1.4),

    πολλὰ φέρειν εἴωθε λ... πταίσματα Thgn.1221

    ;

    λ. ἐσλὸν ἀκοῦσαι Pi.I.5(4).13

    ;

    πλέονα.. λ. Ὀδυσσέος ἢ πάθαν Id.N.7.21

    ;

    ἵνα λ. σε ἔχῃ πρὸς ἀνθρώπων ἀγαθός Hdt.7.5

    , cf. 9.78; Τροίαν.. ἧς ἁπανταχοῦ λ. whose fame, story fills the world, E.IT 517;

    οὐκ ἂν ἦν λ. σέθεν Id.Med. 541

    : less freq. in bad sense, evil report, λ. κακόθρους, κακός, S. Aj. 138 (anap.), E.Heracl. 165: pl., λόγους ψιθύρους πλάσσων slanders, S.Aj. 148 (anap.).
    e λ. ἐστί, ἔχει, κατέχει, the story goes, c. acc. et inf.,

    ἔστ τις λ. τὰν Ἀρετὰν ναίειν Simon.58.1

    , cf. S.El. 417; λ. μὲν ἔστ' ἀρχαῖος ὡς .. Id.Tr.1; λ. alone, E.Heracl.35;

    ὡς λ. A.Supp. 230

    , Pl. Phlb. 65c, etc.;

    λ. ἐστί Hdt.7.129

    ,9.26, al.;

    λ. αἰὲν ἔχει S.OC 1573

    (lyr.); ὅσον ὁ λ. κατέχει tradition prevails, Th.1.10: also with a personal subject in the reverse construction. Κλεισθένης λ. ἔχει τὴν Πυθίην ἀναπεῖσαι has the credit of.., Hdt.5.66, cf. Pl.Epin. 987b, 988b;

    λ. ἔχοντα σοφίας Ep.Col.2.23

    , v.supr.1.4.
    3 discussion, debate, deliberation,

    πολλὸς ἦν ἐν τοῖσι λ. Hdt.8.59

    ;

    συνελέχθησαν οἱ Μῆδοι ἐς τὠυτὸ καὶ ἐδίδοσαν σφίσι λόγον, λέγοντες περὶ τῶν κατηκόντων Id.1.97

    ;

    οἱ Πελασγοὶ ἑωυτοῖσι λόγους ἐδίδοσαν Id.6.138

    ;

    πολέμῳ μᾶλλον ἢ λόγοις τὰ ἐγκλήματα διαλύεσθαι Th.1.140

    ;

    οἱ περὶ τῆς εἰρήνης λ. Aeschin.2.74

    ; τοῖς ἔξωθεν λ. πεπλήρωκε τὸν λ. [Plato] has filled his dialogue with extraneous discussions, Arist.Pol. 1264b39;

    τὸ μῆκος τῶν λ. D.Chr.7.131

    ; μεταβαίνων ὁ λ. εἰς ταὐτὸν ἀφῖκται our debate, Arist.EN 1097a24; ὁ παρὼν λ. ib. 1104a11; θεῶν ὧν νῦν ὁ λ. ἐστί discussion, Pl.Ap. 26b, cf. Tht. 184a, M.Ant.8.32; τῷ λ. διελθεῖν, διϊέναι, Pl.Prt. 329c, Grg. 506a, etc.; τὸν λ. διεξελθεῖν conduct the debate, Id.Lg. 893a; ξυνελθεῖν ἐς λόγον confer, Ar.Eq. 1300: freq. in pl., ἐς λόγους συνελθόντες parley, Hdt. 1.82; ἐς λ. ἐλθεῖν τινι have speech with, ib.86;

    ἐς λ. ἀπικέσθαι τινί Id.2.32

    ;

    διὰ λόγων ἰέναι E.Tr. 916

    ;

    ἐμαυτῇ διὰ λ. ἀφικόμην Id.Med. 872

    ;

    ἐς λ. ἄγειν τινά X.HG4.1.2

    ;

    κοινωνεῖν λόγων καὶ διανοίας Arist.EN 1170b12

    .
    b right of discussion or speech, ἢ 'πὶ τῷ πλήθει λ.; S.OC 66; λ. αἰτήσασθαι ask leave to speak, Th.3.53;

    λ. διδόναι X.HG5.2.20

    ; οὐ προυτέθη σφίσιν λ. κατὰ τὸν νόμον ib.1.7.5;

    λόγου τυχεῖν D.18.13

    , cf. Arist.EN 1095b21, Plb.18.52.1;

    οἱ λόγου τοὺς δούλους ἀποστεροῦντες Arist.Pol. 1260b5

    ;

    δοῦλος πέφυκας, οὐ μέτεστί σοι λόγου Trag.Adesp.304

    ;

    διδόντας λ. καὶ δεχομένους ἐν τῷ μέρει Luc.Pisc.8

    : hence, time allowed for a speech,

    ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ λ. And.1.26

    ,al.;

    ἐν τῷ ἑαυτοῦ λ. Pl.Ap. 34a

    ;

    οὐκ ἐλάττω λ. ἀνήλωκε D.18.9

    .
    c dialogue, as a form of philosophical debate,

    ἵνα μὴ μαχώμεθα ἐν τοῖς λ. ἐγώ τε καὶ σύ Pl. Cra. 430d

    ;

    πρὸς ἀλλήλους τοὺς λ. ποιεῖσθαι Id.Prt. 348a

    : hence, dialogue as a form of literature,

    οἱ Σωκρατικοὶ λ. Arist.Po. 1447b11

    , Rh. 1417a20; cf. διάλογος.
    d section, division of a dialogue or treatise (cf. v. 3),

    ὁ πρῶτος λ. Pl.Prm. 127d

    ; ὁ πρόσθεν, ὁ παρελθὼν λ., Id.Phlb. 18e, 19b;

    ἐν τοῖς πρώτοις λ. Arist.PA 682a3

    ; ἐν τοῖς περὶ κινήσεως λ. in the discussion of motion (i. e. Ph.bk.8), Id.GC 318a4;

    ἐν τῷ περὶ ἐπαίνου λ. Phld.Rh.1.219

    ; branch, department, division of a system of philosophy,

    τὴν φρόνησιν ἐκ τριῶν συνεστηκέναι λ., τῶν φυσικῶν καὶ τῶν ἠθικῶν καὶ τῶν λογικῶν Chrysipp.Stoic.2.258

    .
    e in pl., literature, letters, Pl.Ax. 365b, Epin. 975d, D.H.Comp.1,21 (but, also in pl., treatises, Plu.2.16c);

    οἱ ἐπὶ λόγοις εὐδοκιμώτατοι Hdn.6.1.4

    ; Λόγοι, personified, AP9.171 (Pall.).
    VII a particular utterance, saying:
    1 divine utterance, oracle, Pi.P.4.59;

    λ. μαντικοί Pl. Phdr. 275b

    ;

    οὐ γὰρ ἐμὸν ἐρῶ τὸν λ. Pl.Ap. 20e

    ;

    ὁ λ. τοῦ θεοῦ Apoc.1.2

    ,9.
    2 proverb, maxim, saying, Pi.N.9.6, A.Th. 218; ὧδ' ἔχει λ. ib. 225; τόνδ' ἐκαίνισεν λ. ὡς .. Critias 21, cf. Pl.R. 330a, Ev.Jo.4.37;

    ὁ παλαιὸς λ. Pl.Phdr. 240c

    , cf. Smp. 195b, Grg. 499c, Lg. 757a, 1 Ep.Ti.1.15, Plu.2.1082e, Luc.Alex.9, etc.;

    τὸ τοῦ λόγου δὴ τοῦτο Herod.2.45

    , cf. D.Chr.66.24, Luc.JTr.3, Alciphr.3.56, etc.: pl., Arist.EN 1147a21.
    3 assertion, opp. oath, S.OC 651; ψιλῷ λ. bare word, opp. μαρτυρία, D.27.54.
    4 express resolution, κοινῷ λ. by common consent, Hdt.1.141,al.; ἐπὶ λ. τοιῷδε, ἐπ' ᾧ τε .. on the following terms, Id.7.158, cf. 9.26;

    ἐνδέξασθαι τὸν λ. Id.1.60

    , cf. 9.5; λ. ἔχοντες πλεονέκτην a greedy proposal, Id.7.158: freq. in pl., terms, conditions, Id.9.33, etc.
    5 word of command, behest, A.Pr.17,40 (both pl.), Pers. 363;

    ἀνθρώπους πιθανωτέρους ποιεῖν λόγῳ X.Oec.13.9

    ;

    ἐξέβαλε τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ Ev.Matt.8.16

    ; οἱ δέκα λ. the ten Commandments, LXX Ex.34.28, Ph.1.496.
    VIII thing spoken of, subject-matter (cf. 111.1 b and 2),

    λ. τοῦτον ἐάσομεν Thgn.1055

    ; προπεπυσμένος πάντα λ. the whole matter, Hdt.1.21, cf. 111; τὸν ἐόντα λ. the truth of the matter, ib.95, 116; μετασχεῖν τοῦ λ. to be in the secret, ib. 127;

    μηδενὶ ἄλλῳ τὸν λ. τοῦτον εῐπῃς Id.8.65

    ; τίς ἦν λ.; S.OT 684 ( = πρᾶγμα, 699); περί τινος λ. διελεγόμεθα subject, question, Pl.Prt. 314c; [τὸ προοίμιον] δεῖγμα τοῦ λ. case, Arist.Rh. 1415a12, cf. 111.1b; τέλος δὲ παντὸς τοῦ λ. ψηφίζονται the end of the matter was that.., Aeschin.3.124;

    οὐκ ἔστεξε τὸν λ. Plb.8.12.5

    ;

    οὐκ ἔστι σοι μερὶς οὐδὲ κλῆρος ἐν τῷ λ. τούτῳ Act.Ap.8.21

    ;

    ἱκανὸς αὐτῷ ὁ λ. Pl.Grg. 512c

    ; οὐχ ὑπολείπει [Γοργίαν] ὁ λ. matter for talk, Arist.Rh. 1418a35;

    μηδένα λ. ὑπολιπεῖν Isoc.4.146

    ; πρὸς λόγον to the point, apposite,

    οὐδὲν πρὸς λ. Pl.Phlb. 42e

    , cf. Prt. 344a;

    ἐὰν πρὸς λ. τι ᾖ Id.Phlb. 33c

    ; also

    πρὸς λόγου Id.Grg. 459c

    (s. v.l.).
    2 plot of a narrative or dramatic poem, = μῦθος, Arist.Po. 1455b17, al.
    b in Art, subject of a painting,

    ζωγραφίας λόγοι Philostr.VA 6.10

    ;

    λ. τῆς γραφῆς Id.Im.1.25

    .
    3 thing talked of, event,

    μετὰ τοὺς λ. τούτους LXX 1 Ma.7.33

    , cf. Act.Ap.15.6.
    IX expression, utterance, speech regarded formally, τὸ ἀπὸ [ψυχῆς] ῥεῦμα διὰ τοῦ στόματος ἰὸν μετὰ φθόγγου λ., opp. διάνοια, Pl.Sph. 263e; intelligent utterance, opp. φωνή, Arist.Pol. 1253a14;

    λ. ἐστὶ φωνὴ σημαντικὴ κατὰ συνθήκην Id.Int. 16b26

    , cf. Diog.Bab.Stoic.3.213; ὅθεν (from the heart)

    ὁ λ. ἀναπέμπεται Stoic.2.228

    , cf. 244; Protagoras was nicknamed λόγος, Hsch. ap. Sch.Pl.R. 600c, Suid.;

    λόγου πειθοῖ Democr.181

    : in pl., eloquence, Isoc.3.3,9.11;

    τὴν ἐν λόγοις εὐρυθμίαν Epicur.Sent.Pal.5p.69

    v. d. M.; λ. ἀκριβής precise language, Ar.Nu. 130 (pl.), cf. Arist.Rh. 1418b1;

    τοῦ μὴ ᾀδομένου λ. Pl.R. 398d

    ; ἡδυσμένος λ., of rhythmical language set to music, Arist.Po. 1449b25; ἐν παντὶ λ. in all manner of utterance, 1 Ep.Cor.1.5; ἐν λόγοις in orations, Arist.Po. 1459a13; λ. γελοῖοι, ἀσχήμονες, ludicrous, improper speech, Id.SE 182b15, Pol. 1336b14.
    2 of various modes of expression, esp. artistic and literary,

    ἔν τε ᾠδαῖς καὶ μύθοις καὶ λόγοις Pl.Lg. 664a

    ;

    ἐν λόγῳ καὶ ἐν ᾠδαῖς X.Cyr.1.4.25

    , cf. Pl.Lg. 835b; prose, opp. ποίησις, Id.R. 390a; opp. ψιλομετρία, Arist.Po. 1448a11; opp. ἔμμετρα, ib. 1450b15 (pl.); τῷ λ. τοῦτο τῶν μέτρων (sc. τὸ ἰαμβεῖον)

    ὁμοιότατον εἶναι Id.Rh. 1404a31

    ; in full, ψιλοὶ λ. prose, ib. b33 (but ψιλοὶ λ., = arguments without diagrams, Pl.Tht. 165a); λ. πεζοί, opp. ποιητική, D.H.Comp.6; opp. ποιήματα, ib.15;

    κοινὰ καὶ ποιημάτων καὶ λόγων Phld.Po.5.7

    ; πεζὸς λ. ib.27, al.
    b of the constituents of lyric or dramatic poetry, words,

    τὸ μέλος ἐκ τριῶν.. λόγου τε καὶ ἁρμονίας καὶ ῥυθμοῦ Pl.R. 398d

    ; opp. πρᾶξις, Arist.Po. 1454a18; dramatic dialogue, opp. τὰ τοῦ χοροῦ, ib. 1449a17.
    3 Gramm., phrase, complex term, opp. ὄνομα, Id.SE 165a13; λ. ὀνοματώδης noun- phrase, Id.APo. 93b30, cf. Rh. 1407b27; expression, D.H.Th.2, Demetr.Eloc.92.
    b sentence, complete statement, "

    ἄνθρωπος μανθάνει λόγον εἶναί φῃς.. ἐλάχιστόν τε καὶ πρῶτον Pl.Sph. 262c

    ;

    λ. αὐτοτελής A.D.Synt.3.6

    , D.T.634.1; ῥηθῆναι λόγῳ to be expressed in a sentence, Pl.Tht. 202b; λ. ἔχειν to be capable of being so expressed, ib. 201e, cf. Arist.Rh. 1404b26.
    c language, τὰ τοῦ λ. μέρη parts of speech, Chrysipp.Stoic.2.31, S.E.M.9.350, etc.;

    τὰ μόρια τοῦ λ. D.H.Comp.6

    ;

    μέρος λ. D.T.633.26

    , A.D.Pron.4.6, al. (but ἓν μέρος <τοῦ cod.> λόγου one word, Id.Synt.340.10, cf. 334.22); περὶ τῶν στοιχείων τοῦ λ., title of work by Chrysippus.
    X the Word or Wisdom of God, personified as his agent in creation and world-government,

    ὁ παντοδύναμός σου λ. LXX Wi.18.15

    ;

    ὁ ἐκ νοὸς φωτεινὸς λ. υἱὸς θεοῦ Corp.Herm.1.6

    , cf. Plu.2.376c; λ. θεοῦ δι' οὗ κατεσκευάσθη [ὁ κόσμος] Ph.1.162; τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ σοφίας· ἡ δέ ἐστιν ὁ θεοῦ λ. ib.56; λ. θεῖος.. εἰκὼν θεοῦ ib. 561, cf. 501; τὸν τομέα τῶν συμπάντων [θεοῦ] λ. ib. 492; τὸν ἄγγελον ὅς ἐστι λ. ib. 122: in NT identified with the person of Christ,

    ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λ. Ev.Jo.1.1

    , cf. 14, 1 Ep.Jo.2.7, Apoc.19.13;

    ὁ λ. τῆς ζωῆς 1 Ep.Jo.1.1

    .

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > λόγος

  • 9 γίνομαι

    γίνομαι (in the form γίγνομαι [s. below] Hom.+; as γίν. since Aristot.+; and s. Kühner-Bl. II p. 391; Schwyzer I 215; KBrugmann4-AThumb, Griech. Gramm. 1913, 126; Mayser p. 165 and lit. there). Impf. ἐγινόμην; fut. γενήσομαι; 2 aor. ἐγενόμην, 3 sg. opt. γένοιτο; very rare v.l. (B-D-F §81, 3) γενάμενος (GJs 6:1; 16;1; 25:1 [s. deStrycker 249]; also found in Ps.-Callisth. 1, 20, 1; 1, 41, 11; ApcEsdr 1:3 p. 24, 7 Tdf.; Mel., P. 49, 346 [Bodm.]). Pass.: fut. ptc. τῶν γενηθησομένων (Eccl 1:11 v.l.); 1 aor. ἐγενήθην (Doric, H. Gk.; Phryn. 108 Lob.; pap fr. III B.C., Mayser I/22 ’38, 157f [w. lit.]; ins [Schweizer 181; Nachmanson 168; Thieme 13]; LXX), impv. γενηθήτω; pf. γεγένημαι (Meisterhans3-Schw.: Att. ins since 376 B.C.; Mayser 391) uncontested use in NT only J 2:9; GJs 24:3 (γεγένν-pap); apolog. On pf. γέγονα s. Meisterhans3-Schw.: since 464 B.C.; Mayser 372; on the aoristic use of γέγονα s. Mlt. 145f; 238; 239; PChantraine, Histoire du parfait grec 1927, 233–45; 3 pl. γέγοναν Ro 16:7 (v.l. γεγόνασιν) and Rv 21:6; s. KBuresch, Γέγοναν: RhM 46, 1891, 193ff; Mlt. 52 n.; ptc. γεγονώς; plpf. 3 sg. ἐγεγόνει (1 Macc. 4:27; 2 Macc. 13:17; J 6:17; Just.), without augment γεγόνει (Ac 4:22; v.l. ἐγεγόνει), s. B-D-F §78; Mlt-H. 190. On the variation γίνομαι and γίγνομαι s. W-S. §5, 31; B-D-F §34, 4; Mlt-H. 108. A verb with numerous nuances relating to being and manner of being. Its contrast to the more static term εἰμί can be seen in Kaibel 595, 5 οὐκ ἤμην καὶ ἐγενόμην=I was not and then I came to be (cp. Ath. 4, 2 in 3 below).
    to come into being through process of birth or natural production, be born, be produced (SIG 1168, 6; Epict. 2, 17, 8; Wsd 7:3; Sir 44:9; Just., A I, 13, 3; Tat. 26, 2) J 8:58; w. ἔκ τινος foll. (Diod S 3, 64, 1; Appian, Basil. 5 §1; Parthenius 1, 4; Athen. 13, 37 p. 576c ἐξ ἑταίρας; PPetr III, 2, 20; PFlor 382, 38 ὁ ἐξ ἐμοῦ γενόμενος υἱός; 1 Esdr 4:16; Tob 8:6; Jos., Ant. 2, 216) Ro 1:3; Gal 4:4 (cp. 1QS 11:21). Also of plants 1 Cor 15:37. Of fruits ἔκ τινος be produced by a tree Mt 21:19 (cp. X., Mem. 3, 6, 13 ὁ ἐκ τ. χώρας γιγνόμενος σῖτος). W. ἀπό τινος foll. Ox 1081 (SJCh), 11 γε̣[ινόμε]νον, 14 γέγ[ονος], 14f γε[ι]νομεν[ον], 19 γέγονος.
    to come into existence, be made, be created, be manufactured, be performed
    gener. ὸ̔ γέγονεν J 1:3c (s. ref. to Vawter, below); w. διά τινος vs. 3a (MTeschendorf, D. Schöpfungsged. im NT: StKr 104, ’32, 337–72). W. χωρίς τινος vs. 3b (IAndrosIsis, Cyrene 15 [103 A.D.] Ἐμοῦ δὲ χωρὶς γείνετʼ οὐδὲν πώποτε; Cleanthes, Hymn to Zeus 15 [Stoic. I 537=Coll. Alex. no. 1 p. 227] οὐδέ τι γίγνεται ἔργον σοῦ δίχα; note the related style 1QH 1:20; on the syntax of J 1:3f see BVawter, CBQ 25, ’63, 401–6, who favors a full stop after οὐδὲ ἕν, s. εἷς 2b and lit. cited there on J 1:3). W. ἔκ τινος Hb 11:3. Of cult images διὰ χειρῶν γινόμενοι made w. hands Ac 19:26 (cp. PRyl 231, 3 [40 A.D.] τοὺς ἄρτους γενέσθαι). Of miracles: be done, take place (Tob 11:15; Wsd 19:13 v.l. Swete) Mt 11:20f, 23; Lk 10:13; Ac 8:13. ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν γεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον τοῦτο on whom this miracle had been performed 4:22. W. mention of the author διά τινος (cp. 4 Macc 17:11) 2:43; 4:16, 30; 12:9; 24:2. διὰ τῶν χειρῶν τινος Mk 6:2; Ac 14:3. ὑπό τινος (Herodian 8, 4, 2; OGI 168, 46 [115 B.C.] τὰ γεγονότα ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς φιλάνθρωπα; UPZ III, 3, 7 [116 B.C.]; PTebt 786, 14 [II B.C.]; Wsd 9:2; Jos., Ant. 8, 111; 347; Just., D. 35, 8 τῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ [Jesus] καὶ νῦν γινομένων δυνάμεων) Lk 9:7 v.l.; 13:17; 23:8; Eph 5:12. Of commands, instructions be fulfilled, performed γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου thy will be done (Appian, Liby. 90 §423 τὸ πρόσταγμα δεῖ γενέσθαι; Syntipas p. 25, 3 γενέσθω τὸ αἴτημα) Mt 6:10; 26:42; Lk 11:2; cp. 22:42. γέγονεν ὸ̔ ἐπέταξας your order has been carried out 14:22. γενέσθαι τὸ αἴτημα αὐτῶν that their demand should be granted 23:24. Of institutions: be established, the Sabbath for the sake of humans Mk 2:27 (Crates, Ep. 24 οὐ γεγόνασιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι τ. ἵππων χάριν, ἀλλʼ οἱ ἵπποι τ. ἀνθρώπων).
    w. mention of the special nature of an undertaking: ἵνα οὕτως γένηται ἐν ἐμοί in order to have such action taken in my case 1 Cor 9:15. ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ τί γένηται; what will be done when it (the wood) is dry? Lk 23:31.
    come into being as an event or phenomenon from a point of origin, arise, come about, develop (Alcaeus 23 Diehl2 [320 L-P.] καί κʼ οὐδὲν ἐκ δένος γένοιτο=nothing could originate from nothing; Ath. 4:2 τὸ ὸ̓ν οὐ γίνεται ἀλλὰ τὸ μὴ ὸ̓ν)
    of events or phenomena in nature (Sir 40:10; Ex 10:22; Job 40:23; Jos., Ant. 9, 36): lightning, thunder (X., An. 3, 1, 11) J 12:29; Rv 8:5; 11:19; calm (on the sea) Mt 8:26; Mk 4:39; Lk 8:24; storm Mk 4:37; a cloud (cp. Jos., Ant. 9, 36) 9:7; Lk 9:34; Hv 4, 3, 7; flood Lk 6:48; earthquake (Parian Marbles [III B.C.]=FGrH: 239B, 24) Mt 8:24; 28:2; Ac 16:26; Rv 6:12; 11:13; 16:18; darkness Mt 27:45; Mk 15:33; Lk 23:44; J 6:17; hail, fire Rv 8:7. Of a dawning day ὅτε δὲ ἡμέρα ἐγένετο (cp. περὶ ἀρχομένην ἡμέραν ‘about dawn’ Jos., Vi 15: in a related story of shipwreck) Ac 27:39.
    of other occurrences (Arrian, Anab. 4, 4, 3 τὰ ἱερὰ οὐκ ἐγίγνετο=the sacrifice did not turn out [favorably]; 1 Macc 1:25; 4:58; 9:27; 13:44; Jdth 7:29; 14:19 al.): complaining Ac 6:1; persecution, oppression Mt 13:21; 24:21; Mk 4:17; 13:19; Ac 11:19; discussion J 3:25; Ac 15:7; tumult Mt 26:5; 27:24; GJs 21:1 and 25:1; a sound Ac 2:2, 6; weeping 20:37; clamor 23:9; Mt 25:6; AcPl Ha 4, 6; famine Lk 4:25; 15:14; Ac 11:28; ὁρμή (q.v.) 14:5; war Rv 12:7; sharp contention Ac 15:39; tear (in a garment) Mt 9:16; Mk 2:21; Lk 6:49; silence (s. σιγή) Ac 21:40; Rv 8:1; στάσις (q.v. 2) Lk 23:19; Ac 15:2; 23:7, 10; concourse 21:30; confusion 19:23; shout, loud voice 2:6; 19:34; Rv 11:15; dispute Lk 22:24; envy, strife 1 Ti 6:4; astonishment AcPl Ha 4, 25; joy 6, 3; prayer 6, 7; offering 6, 37.
    of the various divisions of a day (Jdth 13:1; 1 Macc 5:30; 4 Macc 3:8 al.) γενομένης ἡμέρας when day came (Jos., Ant. 10, 202, Vi. 405) Lk 4:42; Ac 12:18; 16:35; 23:12; cp. Lk 6:13; 22:66; Ac 27:29, 33, 39. Difft. Mk 6:21 γενομένης ἡμέρας εὐκαίρου when a convenient/opportune day arrived. ὀψέ (cp. Gen 29:25; 1 Km 25:37) 11:19. ὀψίας γενομένης Mt 8:16; 14:15, 23; 16:2; 26:20; 27:57; Mk 1:32; 6:47; 14:17; 15:42; cp. J 6:16. πρωί̈ας Mt 27:1; J 21:4. νύξ Ac 27:27. ὥρας πολλῆς γενομένης when it had grown late Mk 6:35; cp. 15:33; Lk 22:14; Ac 26:4.
    to occur as process or result, happen, turn out, take place (Dicaearch., Fgm. 102 W.: a campaign ‘takes place’; Diod S 32 Fgm. 9c τὰς εἰς τ. πατέρα γεγενημένας ἁμαρτίας=the misdeeds ‘perpetrated’ against his father; 2 Macc 1:32; 13:17; 3 Macc 1:11; 4:12; 5:17 al.)
    gener. τοῦτο ὅλον γέγονεν all this took place w. ἵνα foll. Mt 1:22; 26:56. ἕως ἂν πάντα γένηται until all has taken place (=is past) 5:18. πάντα τὰ γενόμενα everything that had happened (cp. Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 121 §508 τὰ γενόμενα; 1 Esdr 1:10; Jdth 15:1; 1 Macc 4:20; 2 Macc 10:21; 3 Macc 1:17) 18:31; cp. 21:21; 24:6, 20, 34; 26:54; 27:54; 28:11; Mk 5:14. ἴδωμεν τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο τὸ γεγονός let us see this thing that has taken place Lk 2:15 (TestAbr A 15 p. 96, 15 [Stone p. 40]) θανάτου γενομένου since a death has occurred, i.e. since he has died Hb 9:15. τούτου γενομένου after this had happened (Jos., Ant. 9, 56; 129) Ac 28:9. τὸ γεγονός what had happened (Diod S 12, 49, 4; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 18 §496; Jos., Ant. 14, 292) Lk 8:34; 24:12. τὰ γεγονότα AcPl Ha 11, 1.—μὴ γένοιτο strong negation, in Paul only after rhet. questions (cp. TestJob 38:1; JosAs 25:8; Epict., index p. 540e; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 1, 2, Dial. Meretr. 13, 4; Achilles Tat. 5, 18, 4; Aristaen., Ep. 1, 27) by no means, far from it, God forbid (Goodsp., Probs., 88; AMalherbe, HTR 73, ’80, 231–41) Lk 20:16; Ro 3:4, 6, 31; 6:2, 15; 7:7, 13; 9:14; 11:1, 11; 1 Cor 6:15; Gal 2:17; 3:21. In more extensive phrasing (the LXX has exx. only of this usage: Gen 44:17; 3 Km 20:3 al.; cp. Josh 22:29; Demosth. 10, 27; Alciphron 2, 5, 3 al.; Ael. Aristid. 23, 80 K.=42 p. 795 D.; 30 p. 578 D.; 54 p. 679 ὸ̔ μὴ γένοιτο) Gal 6:14; w. ἵνα foll. AcPl Ha 7, 40. τί γέγονεν ὅτι (cp. Eccl 7:10) why is it that J 14:22.—Of festivals: be held, take place, come (X., Hell. 7, 4, 28 τὰ Ὀλύμπια; 4, 5, 1; 4 Km 23:22f; 2 Macc 6:7) feast of dedication J 10:22; passover Mt 26:2; sabbath Mk 6:2; wedding J 2:1.—Abs. impv. (put twice for emphasis as Lucian, Pisc. 1 βάλλε, βάλλε; Philostrat., Ep. 35, 1 λάβε λάβε; Procop. Soph., Ep. 45) γενηθήτω γενηθήτω so let it be as a closing formula 1 Cor 16:24 v.l. (cp. Herodas 4, 85, where the sacristan closes his prayer to Asclepius with the words: ὧδε ταῦτʼ εἴη=so may it be).—On γένοιτο ἀμήν GJs 6:2 s. ἀμήν 1a.
    w. dat. of pers. affected
    α. w. inf. foll. (UPZ 24, 29 al.; 1 Macc 13:5; Jos., Ant. 6, 232) ὅπως μὴ γένηται αὐτῷ χρονοτριβῆσαι so that he would not have to lose time Ac 20:16.
    β. w. adv. or adv. phrase added (1 Esdr 6:33) κατὰ τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν γενηθήτω ὑμῖν according to your faith let it be done to you, i.e. you believe, and you won’t be disappointed Mt 9:29; cp. 8:13. γένοιτό μοι κατὰ τὸ ῥῆμά σου may that happen to me as you have said Lk 1:38. πῶς ἐγένετο τῷ δαιμονιζομένῳ what had happened to the possessed man Mk 5:16. ἵνα εὖ σοι γένηται that it may be well w. you Eph 6:3 (Dt 5:16; cp. Epict. 2, 5, 29 εὖ σοι γένοιτο; Aelian, VH 9, 36). γενηθήτω σοι ὡς θέλεις let it be done for you as you desire, i.e. your wish is granted Mt 15:28.
    γ. w. nom. of thing (1 Macc 4:25; Sir 51:17; Ar. 15:5) γίνεταί τινί τι someth. happens to or befalls a person Mk 9:21. ἵνα μὴ χεῖρόν σοί τι γένηται lest someth. worse come upon you J 5:14. τί ἐγένετο αὐτῷ what has happened to him Ac 7:40 (Ex 32:1, 23; AcPl Ha 5, 20). τὸ γεγενημένον αὐτῷ Ac 3:10 D. ἐγίνετο πάσῃ ψυχῄ φόβος fear came upon everyone (cp. Tob 11:18) 2:43. λύπη AcPl Ha 6, 16. Freq. γέγονε ἐμοί τι someth. has come to me= I have someth.: πώρωσις τῷ Ἰσραὴλ γέγονεν a hardening (of heart) has befallen Israel Ro 11:25; σωτηρία τῷ Ἰσραὴλ γεγένηται GJs 19:2; cp. Lk 19:9; διὰ τὴν ὀπτασίαν τὴν γενομένην Παύλῳ AcPl Ha 3, 15; ἐὰν γένηταί τινι ἀνθρώπῳ ἑκατὸν πρόβατα if a man has a hundred sheep Mt 18:12. τοῖς ἔξω ἐν παραβολαῖς τὰ πάντα γίνεται those outside receive everything in parables Mk 4:11. μήποτε γένηται ἀνταπόδομά σοι that you may receive no repayment Lk 14:12; cp. 19:9; J 15:7; 1 Cor 4:5.
    w. gen. of pers. (Diod S 16, 64, 2 τὸν τῆς Ἑλένης γεγενημένον ὅρμον=the necklace that had belonged to Helen): ἐγένετο ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ κόσμου τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν the kingdom of the world has come into the possession of our Lord Rv 11:15.
    γίνεταί τι ἐπί τινι someth. happens in the case of or to a person Mk 5:33 v.l.; ἐν v.l. This can also be expressed w. εἴς τινα Ac 28:6 or the double nom. τί ἄρα ὁ Πέτρος ἐγένετο what had become of Peter 12:18 (cp. Jos., Vi. 296 οἱ εἴκοσι χρυσοῖ τὶ γεγόνασιν).
    w. inf. foll., to emphasize the actual occurrence of the action denoted by the verb: ἐὰν γένηται εὑρεῖν αὐτό if it comes about that he finds it= if he actually finds it Mt 18:13 (s. PCatt V, 19f [=Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 372 V] ἐὰν γένηταί με ἀποδημεῖν; PAmh 135, 10; BGU 970, 5). ἐγένετο αὐτὸν παραπορεύεσθαι he happened to be passing Mk 2:23; cp. Lk 6:1, 6. ἐγένετο ἀνεῳχθῆναι τὸν οὐρανόν just then the heaven opened Lk 3:21; cp. 16:22 (ἐν τῷ ἀποθανεῖν P75); Ac 4:5; 9:3, 32, 37, 43; 11:26; 14:1; 16:16; 19:1; 21:1, 5; 22:6, 17; 27:44; 28:8 (UPZ 62, 29 [161 B.C.] γίνεται γὰρ ἐντραπῆναι).
    καὶ ἐγένετο (ἐγένετο δέ) periphrastic like וַיְהִי with וַ foll. to indicate the progress of the narrative; it is followed either by a conjunction like ὅτε, ὡς etc., or a gen. abs., or a prepositional constr., and joined to it is a finite verb w. καί (Jdth 5:22; 10:1; Sus 19 Theod.; 1 Macc 1:1; 5:1; Gen 39:7, 13, 19; 42:35; JosAs 11:1; 22:1; AscIs 3:2) Mt 9:10; Mk 2:15 v.l.; Lk 2:15; 5:1, 12, 17; 8:1, 22; 14:1.—Without the second καί (Jdth 2:4; 12:10; 13:12; 1 Macc 6:8; 7:2 v.l.; 9:23; Sus 28 Theod.; Bel 18 Theod.; TestAbr B 1 p. 105, 1 [Stone p. 58] and 6 p. 109, 27 [Stone p. 66]; TestJob 31:1; JosAs 1:1; 3:1) Mt 7:28; 11:1; 13:53; 19:1; 26:1; Mk 1:9; 4:4; Lk 1:8, 23, 41, 59; 2:1, 6, 46; 6:12 al. At times it is followed by an inf. The phrase is usually omitted in translation; older versions transl. it came to pass.—Mlt. 16f; MJohannessohn, Das bibl. καὶ ἐγένετο u. s. Geschichte: ZVS 53, 1926, 161–212 (LXX); s. MDibelius, Gnomon 3, 1927, 446–50; HPernot, Études sur la langue des Évangiles 1927, 189–99; KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT, ’62, 29–62; JReiling, BT 16, ’65, 153–63; EDelebecque, Études grecques sur l’Évangile de Luc ’76, 123–65.
    to experience a change in nature and so indicate entry into a new condition, become someth.
    w. nouns (Lamellae Aur. Orphicae ed. AOlivieri 1915, p. 16, 5 θεὸς ἐγένου ἐξ ἀνθρώπου [IV/III]; Arrian, Anab. 5, 26, 5; Sir 51:2; 1 Esdr 4:26; Wsd 8:2; 4 Macc 16:6; En 103:11; Tat. 19, 2 τοῦ θανάτου καταφρονηταὶ γίνεσθε): ὅπως γένησθε υἱοὶ τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν that you may become sons of your father Mt 5:45; ποιήσω ὑμᾶς γενέσθαι ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων I will turn you into fishers of people Mk 1:17; a traitor Lk 6:16; friends 23:12 (cp. Jos., Ant. 11, 121); children of God J 1:12; children of light 12:36; a Christian Ac 26:29; apostle AcPlCor 2:4; a father Ro 4:18; a fool 1 Cor 3:18; a spectacle 4:9; a man, an adult 13:11 (Tob 1:9); a curse Gal 3:13. οὐχ ἑαυτὸν ἐδόξασεν γενηθῆναι ἀρχιερέα he did not exalt himself to be made high priest Hb 5:5; ἐγένετο ἀντὶ αὐτοῦ Σαμουήλ Samuel became (high priest) in his place GJs 10:2. W. double nom. (Ps.-Apollod., Epit. 3, 15 δράκων λίθος ἐγένετο; Quint. Smyrn. 12, 507; Bel 28; 4 Macc 18:7) οἱ λίθοι ἄρτοι γίνονται the stones turn into loaves Mt 4:3. τὸ αἵμα αὐτοῦ λίθον γεγενημένον GJs 24:3. ὁ λόγος σὰρξ ἐγένετο J 1:14 (the reverse PBerl 13044, col. III, 28ff [UWilcken, SBBerlAk 1923, 161f] τί ποιῶν ἄν τις γένοιτο θεός;). τὸ ὕδωρ γενήσεται πηγή 4:14. ἡ περιτομὴ ἀκροβυστία γέγονεν Ro 2:25. ἐγενόμην ἐγὼ διάκονος I became a courier Col 1:23 (cp. Herodian 2, 6, 8 ἀνὴρ ἔπαρχος γενόμενος).—Also γ. εἴς τι (Menand., Peric. 49f Kö. [169f S.] τὸ κακὸν εἰς ἀγαθὸν ῥέπει γινόμενον; 1 Km 4:9; Jdth 5:18; 1 Macc 2:11, 43; 3:58; En 19:2 al.; B-D-F §145, 1): ἐγένετο εἰς δένδρον it became a tree Lk 13:19; εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας Mt 21:42; Mk 12:10; Lk 20:17; Ac 4:11; 1 Pt 2:7 (all in ref. to Ps 117:22); εἰς χαρὰν γ. change (or, turn) into joy J 16:20. εἰς οὐδέν come to nothing Ac 5:36. εἰς παγίδα Ro 11:9 (Ps 68:23); εἰς κενὸν γ. be done in vain 1 Th 3:5. εἰς ἄψινθον Rv 8:11. Cp. AcPl Ha 6, 6. Also w. γίνεσθαι omitted: εἰς κατάκριμα (sc. ἐγένετο τὸ κρίμα) Ro 5:18.
    used w. an adj. to paraphrase the passive (Jdth 11:11; 1 Esdr 7:3; 2 Macc 3:34; Sus 64 Theod.; En 103:9; Ath. 37, 1 πάντων ὑποχειρίων γιγνομένων): ἁπαλὸν γ. become tender Mt 24:32; Mk 13:28; ἀπειθῆ γ. Ac 26:19; ἀποσυνάγωγον γ. be expelled fr. the synagogue J 12:42; ἄφαντον γ. disappear Lk 24:31; σκωληκόβρωτον γ. be eaten by worms Ac 12:23; γνωστόν, φανερὸν γ. become known (Just., A I, 63, 6) Mk 6:14; Ac 1:19; 9:42; 19:17; 1 Cor 3:13; 14:25; Phil 1:13; δόκιμον γ. pass the test Js 1:12; ἑδραῖον γ. 1 Cor 15:58; ἔκδηλον γ. 2 Ti 3:9; AcPlCor 1:16; ἔξυπνον γ. Ac 16:27 (1 Esdr 3:3=Jos., Ant. 11:34); s. ἀπόπληκτος, ἐλεύθερος, ἐμφανής, ἔμφοβος, ἐνεργής, ἔντρομος, καθαρός, μέγας, περιδάκρυτος, περικρατής, πλήρης, πρηνής, τυφλός, ὑγιής, ὑπήκοος, ὑπόδικος, φανερός 1.
    w. ἐν of a state of being (Stoic. III 221, 16; Diod S 20, 62, 4 ἐν ἀνέσει γ.; Plut., Tit. Flam. 378 [16, 1] ἐν ὀργῇ γ.; Lucian, Tim. 28; PPetr II, 20; III, 12 [252 B.C.] ἐν ἐπισχέσει γ.; BGU 5 II, 19 ἐν νόσῳ; POxy 471 IV, 77f; 4 Km 9:20; 1 Macc 1:27 v.l.; Sus 8 Theod.; Jos., Bell. 1, 320, Ant. 16, 372; Mel., P. 18 ἐν πόνοις … ἐν πληγαῖς etc.) ἐν ἀγωνίᾳ Lk 22:44. ἐν ἐκστάσει Ac 22:17. ἐν πνεύματι under the Spirit’s influence Rv 1:10; 4:2; AcPl Ha 6, 28. ἐν ὁμοιώματι ἀνθρώπων be like human beings Phil 2:7. ἐν ἀσθενείᾳ, φόβῳ, τρόμῳ 1 Cor 2:3. ἐν δόξῃ 2 Cor 3:7. ἐν ἑαυτῷ γ. come to one’s senses (Soph., Phil. 950; X., An. 1, 5, 17; Polyb. 1, 49, 8; Chariton 3, 9, 11) Ac 12:11; γ. ἐν Χριστῷ be a Christian Ro 16:7. Cp. 7 below.
    to make a change of location in space, move
    εἴς τι (Hdt. 5, 87 al.; Philo, Op. M. 86; 2 Macc 1:13; also ἐν: Just., A II, 9, 3 ἐγενόμεθα ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ τόπω): εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα γ. (Jos., Ant. 10, 42) Ac 20:16; 21:17; 25:15. εἰς τὸν ἀγρόν Hv 3, 1, 4. Of a voice: ἐγένετο εἰς τὰ ὦτά μου reached my ear Lk 1:44. Fig. (cp. Bar 4:28) of Abraham’s blessing εἰς τὰ ἔθνη come to the Gentiles Gal 3:14; cp. 2 Cor 8:14 (s. περίσσευμα 1, ὑστέρημα 1).
    ἔκ τινος (Job 28:2): γ. ἐκ μέσου be removed, Lat. e medio tolli (cp. Ps.-Aeschin., Ep. 12, 6 ἐκ μέσου γενομένων ἐκείνων; Plut., Timol. 238 [5, 3]; Achilles Tat. 2, 27, 2) 2 Th 2:7 (HFulford, ET 23, 1912, 40f: ‘leave the scene’). Of a voice fr. heaven: ἐκ τ. οὐρανῶν γ. sound forth fr. heaven (2 Macc 2:21; cp. Da 4:31 Theod.) Mk 1:11; Lk 3:22; 9:35; cp. vs. 36.
    ἐπί τι: ἐπὶ τὸ μνημεῖον go to the tomb Lk 24:22; ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀναβαθμούς when he was at the steps Ac 21:35. Of fear that befalls someone (2 Macc 12:22) Lk 1:65; 4:36; Ac 5:5. Of ulcers: break out on someone Rv 16:2 (Ex 9:10f). Of divine commands: go out to someone Lk 3:2. ἐπί is somet. used w. the gen. (Appian, Liby. 93 §440; Alex. Aphr., Mixt. II 2 p. 213, 21) instead of the acc.: γενόμενος ἐπὶ τοῦ τόπου when he had arrived at the place 22:40 (Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 327, 18 ἐπὶ τ. τόπων γινόμενος).—J 6:21.
    w. κατά and gen. of place: τὸ γενόμενον ῥῆμα καθʼ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας the message that has spread throughout all Judea Ac 10:37. W. acc. of place (X., Cyr. 7, 1, 15; Apollon. Paradox. 3 κατὰ τόπους γ.; Jos., Ant. I, 174; cp. 2 Macc 9:8): γενόμενος κατὰ τὸν τόπον Lk 10:32; γενόμενοι κατὰ τὴν Κνίδον Ac 27:7.
    w. πρός and acc. of the direction and goal (PLond III, 962, 1 p. 210 [III A.D.] γενοῦ πρὸς Ἄταϊν τὸν ποιμένα; PFlor 180, 45) 1 Cor 2:3; 2J 12. Of divine instructions be given to someone (Gen 15:1, 4; Jer 1:2, 11; 13:8; Ezk 6:1; Hos 1:1; cp. ἐπί w. acc.) J 10:35; Ac 7:31 v.l.; 10:13; 13:32.
    w. σύν and the dat. join someone (X., Cyr. 5, 3, 8; 2 Macc 13:13) Lk 2:13.
    w. ἐγγύς (X., An. 1, 8, 8, Cyr. 7, 1, 7; cp. γίν. πλησίον Philo, Mos. 1, 228; Jos., Ant. 4, 40): ἐγγὺς τοῦ πλοίου γίνεσθαι come close to the boat J 6:19. Fig. of the relation of believers to Christ: come near Eph 2:13.
    w. ὧδε come here J 6:25;
    ἔμπροσθέν τινος γ. J 1:15, 30 s. on ἔμπροσθεν 1bζ and ὀπίσω 2b.
    to come into a certain state or possess certain characteristics, to be, prove to be, turn out to be (on relation to the forms of εἰμί [here and in 8–10] s. ALink, StKr 69, 1896, 420ff). Used w. the nom. (Wsd 16:3; Jdth 16:21; Sir 31:22; 1 Macc 3:58) γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι be prudent Mt 10:16. ἄκαρπος γίνεται 13:22; Mk 4:19.—W. other words: vs. 22; 9:50; Lk 1:2; 2:2; 6:36 and very oft. Freq. the dat. of advantage (dat. commodi) is added (1 Macc 10:47; 2 Macc 7:37; 4 Macc 6:28; 12:17): ἀγαπητόν τινι γ. be dear to someone 1 Th 2:8. ἀπρόσκοπον γ. τινι be inoffensive to someone 1 Cor 10:32; γ. τινι μαθητήν J 15:8; μισθαποδότην γ. τινι be a rewarder of someone Hb 11:6; γ. ὁδηγόν τινι Ac 1:16. Cp. παρηγορία, σημεῖον, τύπος.—γ. ὁμοθυμαδόν come together in unanimity or reach unanimity Ac 15:25.—τὶ γίνεταί τινί τι a thing results in someth. for someone τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἐμοὶ ἐγ. θάνατος; Ro 7:13. ἡ ἐξουσία πρόσκομμα τοῖς ἀσθενέσιν 1 Cor 8:9.—γίνομαι ὡς, ὥσπερ, ὡσεί τις (Ps 21:15; 31:9; 37:15; 82:11; 87:5 al.) be, become, show oneself like Mt 6:16; 10:25; 18:3; 28:4; Lk 22:26, 44; 1 Cor 4:13; 9:20f; Gal 4:12. καθὼς ἐγένετο … οὕτως ἔσται as it was … so it will be Lk 17:26, 28. οὐ χρὴ ταῦτα οὕτως γίνεσθαι this should not be so Js 3:10. ὁσίως καὶ δικαίως καὶ ἀμέμπτως ὑμῖν ἐγενήθημεν we proved/showed ourselves … toward you 1 Th 2:10.—In statements pert. to age (Aristoxenus, Fgm. 16 γεγονότα [sc. τὸν Πυθαγόραν] ἐτῶν τεσσαράκοντα; Demetr. of Phaleron [IV–III B.C.], Fgm. 153 Wehrli [’49]; Demetr: 722 Fgm. 1, 1 Jac.; Jos., Ant. 10, 50) ἐτῶν δώδεκα Lk 2:42; cp. 1 Ti 5:9.—Here prob. also belongs ἐγένετο γνώμης he decided Ac 20:3 (cp. Plut., Phoc. 752 [23, 4] ἐλπίδος μεγάλης γ.; Cass. Dio 61, 14 τ. ἐπιθυμίας γ.; Jos., Bell. 6, 287).
    to be present at a given time, be there ([Ps.-]Jos., Ant. 18, 63) Mk 1:4; J 1:6, hence exist (Diod S 3, 52, 4 γέγονε γένη γυναικῶν=there have been nations of women; Appian, Maced. 18 §3 τὸ χρυσίον τὸ γιγνόμενον=the gold that was at hand; Bar 3:26; 2 Macc 10:24) Ro 11:5; 1J 2:18. ἐγένετο there lived Lk 1:5. ἔν τινι 2 Pt 2:1. ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς Rv 16:18 (Da 12:1 Theod.).
    to be closely related to someone or someth., belong to
    gen. of the possessor (Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 79 §336 a slave γεγένητο Πομπηίου=had belonged to Pompey: B-D-F §162, 7) belong to someone Lk 20:14, 33 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 83 §350 γυνὴ Κράσσου γεγενημένη=who had been the wife of [the younger] Crassus).
    w. dat. of pers. belong to someone (PPetr II, 40b, 7 [277 B.C.]; O. Wilck II, 1530, 2f [120 B.C.] τὸ γινόμενόν μοι=what belongs to me) of a woman ἀνδρὶ ἑτέρῳ Ro 7:3f (cp. Ruth 1:12f; Dt 24:2).
    w. prep. μετά τινος (Josh 2:19) Ac 9:19; 20:18. οἱ μετʼ αὐτοῦ γενόμενοι his intimate friends Mk 16:10. πρός τινα be w. someone 1 Cor 16:10 ( make him [Timothy] feel quite at home with you Mft.) ὑπό τινα be under the authority of someone or someth. (1 Macc 10:38) Gal 4:4.
    Here perh. belongs ἰδίας ἐπιλύσεως οὐ γίνεται it is not a matter of private interpretation 2 Pt 1:20.
    to be in or at a place, be in, be there
    ἔν τινι to designate one’s present or future place of residence (X., An. 4, 3, 29; Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 4 §15 Ἀντώνιος ἐν Ἐφέσῳ γενόμενος; Aelian, VH 4, 15; Herodian 2, 2, 5; POxy 283, 11; 709, 6 ἐν Μένφει γενόμενος; PTebt 416, 3; BGU 731 II, 6 ἐν οἰκίᾳ μου; Num 11:35; Judg 17:4; 1 Ch 14:17; Jdth 5:7 al. Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 18 Jac.) Mt 26:6; Mk 9:33; Ac 7:38; 13:5; 2 Ti 1:17; Rv 1:9; AcPl Ha 7, 23.
    w. adv.: ἐκεῖ (X., An. 6, 5, 20; 3 Km 8:8 v.l.; Jos., Ant. 10, 180) Ac 19:21. κατὰ μόνας Mk 4:10.—B. 637. DELG s.v. γίγνομαι. M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > γίνομαι

  • 10 ἡμέρα

    ἡμέρα, ας, ἡ (Hom.+; loanw. in rabb.)
    the period betw. sunrise and sunset, day
    lit. (opp. νύξ; e.g. Ath. 24, 2 ἀντιδοξοῦντι … ὡς … τῇ ἡμέρᾳ νύξ) Mt 4:2 (fasting for 40 days and 40 nights as Ex 34:28. S. νύξ 1d.—Cp. JosAs 13:8 ἑπτὰ ἡμέρας καὶ ἑπτὰ νύκτας; Lucian, Ver. Hist. 1, 10 ἑπτὰ ἡμέρας κ. τὰς ἴσας νύκτας); 12:40 and oft. ἡμέρα γίνεται day is breaking (X., An. 2, 2, 13; 7, 2, 34; Appian, Iber. 74 §315; Jos., Ant. 10, 202, Vi. 405) Lk 4:42; 6:13; 22:66; Ac 12:18; 16:35; 27:29, 39. ἡμέρα διαυγάζει the day dawns 2 Pt 1:19. κλίνει declines, evening approaches Lk 9:12; 24:29 (cp. Just., D. 56, 16 ἡμέρα προκόπτει). φαίνει shines Rv 8:12. In the gen. to denote a point of time ἡμέρας in daylight (Hippocr., Ep. 19, 7; Arrian, Ind. 13, 6; Lucian, Ver. Hist. 1, 10) 1 Cl 25:4. ἡμέρας μέσης at midday, noon (Lucian, Nigr. 34; cp. Jos., Ant. 5, 190) Ac 26:13. But also, as in Thu. et al., of time within which someth. occurs, ἡμέρας during the day Rv 21:25. ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτός (by) day and night (Appian, Liby. 121, §576; Arrian, Anab. 7, 11, 4; Jos., Ant. 11, 171; Just., D. 1, 4 διʼ ὅλης νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας; also in reverse order as Is 34:10) Mk 5:5; Lk 18:7; Ac 9:24; 1 Th 2:9; 3:10; 2 Th 3:8; AcPl Ha 2, 10; 3, 2. The acc. of time νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν (in this sequence Dio Chrys. 7 [8], 15; Ael. Aristid. 51, 1 K.=27 p. 534 D.; Esth 4:16; cp. νύκτωρ καὶ μεθʼ ἡμέραν Mel., HE 4, 26, 5; Ath. 34, 3) (throughout the) day and (the) night Mk 4:27; Lk 2:37; Ac 20:31; 26:7. τὰς ἡμέρας every day (opp. τὰς νύκτας; cp. Dio Chrys. 4, 36; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 199) Lk 21:37; cp. πᾶσαν ἡμέραν (throughout) every day Ac 5:42 (cp. Hdt. 7, 203, 1). τὴν ἡμέραν ἐκείνην (throughout) that day (Ael. Aristid. 49, 45 K.) J 1:39. ὅλην τ. ἡμ. (Jos., Ant. 6, 22) Mt 20:6. The acc. in a distributive sense συμφωνεῖν ἐκ δηναρίου τὴν ἡμέραν on a denarius a day Mt 20:2 (s. Meisterhans3-Schw. 205; pap in Mlt., ClR 15, 1901, 436; 18, 1904, 152). ἡμέρας ὁδός a day’s journey Lk 2:44 (cp. X., An. 2, 2, 12; Gen 31:23; 1 Macc 5:24; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 21; 23). Daylight lasts for twelve hours, during which a person can walk without stumbling J 11:9ab. ἡ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ τρυφή reveling in broad daylight 2 Pt 2:13.
    fig. (SibOr 5, 241) Christians as υἱοὶ φωτὸς καὶ υἱοὶ ἡμέρας children of light and of the day 1 Th 5:5; cp. vs. 8 (in contrast, Aristoph., Fgm. 573 K. calls Chaerephon, the friend of Socrates νυκτὸς παῖδα, in a derogatory sense). In J 9:4 day denotes the period of human life; cp. Ro 13:12f.
    civil or legal day, including the night, day Mt 6:34; 15:32; Mk 6:21; Lk 13:14; B 15:3ff. Opp. hours Mt 25:13; hours, months, years Rv 9:15; cp. Gal 4:10.
    In the gen., answering the question, how long? (Nicostrat. Com., Fgm. 5 K. ἡμερῶν τριῶν ἤδη=now for three days; Porphyr., Vi. Plotini 13 W. τριῶν ἡμ.; BGU 37, 7 [50 A.D.]; 249, 11 [70–80 A.D.] ἡμερῶν δύο διαμένομεν) τεσσεράκοντα ἡμερῶν during 40 days Ac 1:3 D*. ἑκάστης ἡμέρας each day AcPl Ha 6, 8 (cp. ILegGort 1, 9 of a fine τᾶς ἁμέρας ϝεκάστας ‘for each day’, on the gen. Buck, Dialects §170; Just., D. 2, 6 al.)—In the dat., answering the quest., when? (X., An. 4, 7, 8; Jdth 7:6; Esth 7:2; Bel 40 Theod.; JosAs 11:1; Just., A I, 67, 7 al.) τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ (cp. Arrian, Anab. 6, 4, 1 τρίτῃ ἡμ.; AscIs 3:16 τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμ.; JosAs 29:8; Just., D. 100, 1 al., cp. D. 85, 6 τῇ δευτέρᾳ ἡμ.) Mt 16:21; 17:23; Lk 9:22; 24:7, 46; 1 Cor 15:4. ᾗ δὲ ἡμέρᾳ on the day on which (PLille 15, 1 [242 B.C.] ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ; 1 Esdr 1:49; Jos., Ant. 20, 26) Lk 17:29; cp. vs. 30. μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ in (the course of) one day (Appian, Iber. 58 §244) 1 Cor 10:8.
    In the acc., usu. answering the quest., how long? (X., An. 4, 7, 18; Nicol. Dam.: 90 Fgm. 130, 26 p. 410, 30 Jac. τὴν ἡμέραν ἐκείνην=throughout that day; Polyaenus 6, 53 τρεῖς ἡμέρας; Arrian, Anab. 6, 2, 3; Lucian, Alex. 15 ἡμέρας=several days; Philo, Vi. Cont. 30 τὰς ἓξ ἡμέρας; JosAs 10:20 τὰς ἑπτὰ ἡμέρας) ὅλην τ. ἡμέραν the whole day long Ro 8:36 (Ps 43:23), 10:21 (Is 65:2). ἡμέραν μίαν for one day Ac 21:7 (Just., D. 12, 3). ἔμειναν οὐ πολλὰς ἡμέρας J 2:12; cp. 4:40; 11:6; Ac 9:19; 10:48; 16:12; 20:6c; 21:4, 10; Gal 1:18; Rv 11:3, 9. ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας day after day (Ps.-Euripides, Rhes. 445f, Henioch. 5, 13 Kock; Gen 39:10; Num 30:15; Is 58:2; Ps 95:2; Sir 5:7; En) 2 Pt 2:8; 2 Cl 11:2 (quot. of unknown orig.; s. also e below, end). Only rarely does the acc. answer the quest., when? (Antiphanes Com. [IV B.C.] Fgm. 280; Ps.-Lucian, Halc. 3 τρίτην ἡμ.) τὴν ἡμέραν τῆς πεντηκοστῆς on the Day of Pentecost Ac 20:16. Peculiar is the expr. τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτην σήμερον ἡμέραν προσδοκῶντες this is the fourteenth day you have been waiting Ac 27:33 (cp. X., An. 4, 5, 24 ἐνάτην ἡμέραν γεγαμημένην).—ἑπτάκις τῆς ἡμέρας seven times a day Lk 17:4.
    Used w. prep.: ἀπό w. gen. from … (on) Mt 22:46; J 11:53; Ac 20:18. ἀφʼ ἧς ἡμέρας (PRev 9, 1 [258 B.C.]; PsSol 18:11f; EpArist 24) Col 1:6, 9; Hm 4, 4, 3. ἀπὸ … ἄχρι … Phil 1:5. ἀπὸ … μέχρι … Ac 10:30. ἄχρι w. gen. until Mt 24:38b; Lk 1:20; 17:27; Ac 1:2; 2:29. ἄχρι ἡμερῶν πέντε five days later Ac 20:6b. μέχρι τῆς σήμερον (ἡμέρας) up to the present day (1 Esdr 8:74) Mt 28:15. ἕως τ. ἡμέρας Mt 27:64; Ac 1:22; Ro 11:8 (Dt 29:3; Just., D. 134, 5 ἕως τῆς σήμερον ἡμ.; for this Ath. 2, 1 εἰς … τὴν σήμερον ἡμ.). διʼ ἡμερῶν after (several) days Mk 2:1 (cp. Hdt. 6, 118, 3 διʼ ἐτέων εἴκοσι; Thu. 2, 94, 3; Pla., Hipp. Maj. 281a διὰ χρόνου=after a [long] time). διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν within three days (PPetr II, 4 [6], 8 διʼ ἡμερῶν ε´=in the course of 5 days) Mt 26:61; Mk 14:58. διʼ ἡμερῶν τεσσεράκοντα Ac 1:3 (s. διά A 2a). διὰ τ. ἡμέρας in the course of the day Lk 9:37 D εἰς τ. ἡμέραν for the day (PPetr III, 95 col. 2, 6 [III B.C.]) J 12:7; Rv 9:15; εἰς ἡμέρας μ´ 40 days long AcPl Ha 6, 11. ἐν τῇ ἡμ. in the daytime J 11:9b. ἐν μιᾷ τῶν ἡμερῶν one day Lk 5:17; 8:22; 20:1. ἐν on w. dat. sing. Mt 24:50; Lk 1:59; 13:31 v.l. (Just., D. 29, 3 ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ ἡμ.; 111, 3 ἐν ἡμ. τοῦ πάσχα); J 5:9; Hb 4:4 (cp. Gen 2:2); AcPl Ha 3, 9. In, within w. dat. pl. (Alexis Com. 246, 2 K. ἐν πένθʼ ἡμέραις; Philo, Somn. 2, 112; TestJob 30:4; JosAs 21:7 ἐν ταῖς ἑπτὰ ἡμέραις τοῦ γάμου) ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις (PTebt 14, 5 [114 B.C.]; Porphyr., Vi. Plot. 17 p. 111, 26 W.; TestJob 24:9; EpArist 24) Mt 27:40; Mk 15:29; J 2:19f.—ἐπί w. acc. over a period of ἐπὶ ἡμέρας πλείους over a period of many days (PTurin I, 2, 15 [116 B.C.] ἐφʼ ἱκανὰς ἡμ.; Jos., Ant. 4, 277) Ac 13:31; cp. 27:20; ἐπὶ πολλὰς ἡμ. (Jos., Ant. 18, 57) 16:18; cp. Hb 11:30. καθʼ ἡμέραν every day (Hyperid. 6, 23; 26; Polyb. 1, 57, 7; 4, 18, 2 al.; Diod S 1, 36, 7 and 8; 2, 47, 2 al.; SIG 656, 22; UPZ 42, 13 [162 B.C.]; PGiss 17, 1; Tob 10:7; Sus 8 and 12 Theod.; 1 Macc 8:15; EpArist 304; Jos., Bell. 2, 265, Ant. 20, 205; Ar. [POxy 1778, 27]; Just., D. 39, 2 al.) Mt 26:55; Mk 14:49 (‘by day’: AArgyle, ET 63, ’51/52, 354); Lk 16:19; 22:53; Ac 2:46f; 3:2; 16:5; 17:11; 19:9; 1 Cor 15:31; 2 Cor 11:28; Hb 7:27; 10:11. Also (w. optional art., s. B-D-F §160; Rob. 766) τὸ καθʼ ἡμ. (Aristoph., Equ. 1126; Pla.; Polyb. 4, 18, 2; POxy 1220, 4; TestJob 14:2; but simply καθʼ ἡμ. Ac 2:45 D) Lk 11:3; 19:47; Ac 17:11 v.l.; καθʼ ἑκάστην ἡμ. every day (X., Mem. 4, 2, 12, Equ. 5, 9; PTebt 412, 2; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 327, 18; Ex 5:8; Esth 2:11; Job 1:4; Bel 4:6; PsSol 18:11; GrBar 8:4) Hb 3:13. κατὰ πᾶσαν ἡμ. w. same mng. (Jos., Ant. 6, 49) Ac 17:17. μεθʼ ἡμέρας ἕξ six days later (PSI 502, 16 [257 B.C.] μεθʼ ἡμέρας ιβ´; 436, 3 [Just., D. 27, 5 μετὰ μίαν ἡμ. al.]) Mt 17:1; cp. 26:2; 27:63; Mk 8:31; Lk 1:24; J 4:43; 20:26; Ac 1:5; 15:36; 24:1; 28:13; AcPl Ha 1, 33; 11, 8; AcPlCor 2:30. πρὸ ἓξ ἡμερῶν τοῦ πάσχα six days before the Passover J 12:1 (not a Latinism, since it is found as early as Hippocr. πρὸ τριῶν ἡμερῶν τῆς τελευτῆς [WSchulze, Graeca Latina 1901, 15; Rydbeck 64f]; cp. Plut., Symp. 8, 717d; Lucian, De Morte Peregr. 1; Aelian, HA 11, 19; mystery ins of Andania [SIG 736, 70 πρὸ ἁμερᾶν δέκα τῶν μυστηρίων]; PFay 118, 15; PHolm 4, 23; PGM 13, 26; 671; Am 1:1; 2 Macc 15:36; Jos., Ant. 15, 408; Just., D. 27, 5; s. WSchmid, D. Attizismus III 1893, 287f; IV 1897, 629; Mlt. 100f; B-D-F §213).—It is striking to find the nom. denoting time in the expression ἤδη ἡμέραι τρεῖς προσμένουσίν μοι Mt 15:32; Mk 8:2; cp. Lk 9:28 (s. B-D-F §144; Rob. 460).
    Of festive days: ἡ ἡμέρα τῶν σαββάτων (σάββατον 1bβ) or τοῦ σαββάτου (σάββ. 1a) Lk 4:16; 13:14b, 16; J 19:31; Ac 13:14 (Just., D. 27, 5). ἡ ἡμέρα or αἱ ἡμέραι τ. ἀζύμων Lk 22:7; Ac 12:3; 20:6. ἡ ἡμέρα τ. πεντηκοστῆς Ac 2:1; 20:16. μεγάλη ἡμέρα the great day (of atonement) PtK 2 p. 14, 29. In gen. of a Judean festival GJs 1:2; 2:2 (the author no longer has a clear understanding of the precise festival signified by the term; s. Amann and deStrycker on 1:2). ἡ κυριακὴ ἡμέρα the Lord’s Day, Sunday Rv 1:10 (cp. Just. A I, 67, 7 τὴν … τοῦ ἡλίου ἡμέραν). Festive days are spoken of in the foll. passages: ὸ̔ς μὲν κρίνει ἡμέραν παρʼ ἡμέραν, ὸ̔ς δὲ κρίνει πᾶσαν ἡμέραν one person considers one day better than another, another considers every day good Ro 14:5. φρονεῖν τ. ἡμέραν concern oneself w. (= observe) the day vs. 6. ἡμέρας παρατηρεῖσθαι observe days Gal 4:10.—Used w. gen. to denote what happens or is to be done on the day in question ἡμ. τοῦ ἁγνισμοῦ Ac 21:26. τ. ἐνταφιασμοῦ day of burial J 12:7. ἕως ἡμέρας ἀναδείξεως αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὸν Ἰσραήλ Lk 1:80 (s. ἀνάδειξις).
    OT terminology is reflected in the expr. fulfilling of the days (Ex 7:25; 1 Ch 17:11; Tob 10:1b; cp. מָלֵא) ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμ. τῆς λειτουργίας αὐτοῦ the days of his service came to an end Lk 1:23. ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμ. ὀκτὼ τοῦ περιτεμεῖν αὐτόν the eighth day, on which he was to be circumcised, had come 2:21; cp. vs. 22. S. ἐκπλήρωσις, συμπληρόω, συντελέω, τελέω, τελειόω. The Hebr. has also furnished the expr. ἡμέρᾳ καὶ ἡμέρᾳ day after day (Esth 3:4 יוֹם וָיוֹם=LXX καθʼ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν; יוֹם יוֹם Ps 68:20=LXX 67:20 ἡμέραν καθʼ ἡμέραν) 2 Cor 4:16; GJs 6:1.—ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας (rather oft. in the OT for various Hebr. expressions, but also in Henioch. Com. 5, 13 K.) day after day 2 Pt 2:8; prophetic quot. of unknown origin 2 Cl 11:2. ἡμέρᾳ ἀφʼ ἡμέρας GJs 12:3.
    a day appointed for very special purposes, day (UPZ 66, 5 [153 B.C.] ἡ ἡμ.=the wedding day; ins in ÖJh 64, ’95, p. 74 of a commemorative day for the founder of Ephesus τῇ τοῦ Ἀνδρόκλου ἡμέρᾳ), e.g. of childbirth J 16:21 v.l.
    τακτῇ ἡμέρᾳ Ac 12:21. ἡμέραν τάξασθαι (Polyb. 18, 19, 1) 28:23. στῆσαι (Dionys. Hal. 6, 48) 17:31. ὁρίζειν (Polyb., Dionys. Hal.; Epict., Ench. 51, 1) Hb 4:7; Hv 2, 2, 5. Of the day of the census (s. Lk 2:1) αὕτη ἡ ἡμέρα κυρίου GJs 17:1. ἐν ἡμέρᾳ, ᾗ ἔμελλεν θηριομαχῖν ὁ Παῦλος AcPl Ha 3, 9.
    esp. of a day of judgment, fixed by a judge
    α. ἀνθρωπίνη ἡμ. a day appointed by a human court 1 Cor 4:3 (cp. the ins on a coin amulet [II/III A.D.] where these words are transl. ‘human judgment’ by CBonner, HTR 43, ’50, 165–68). This expr. is formed on the basis of ἡμ. as designating
    β. the day of God’s final judgment (s. ὥρα 3). ᾗ ἡμ. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἀποκαλύπτεται the day on which the Human One (Son of Man) reveals himself Lk 17:30; ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμ. 2 Pt 3:12. ἡ ἡμέρα ἡ μεγάλη τοῦ θεοῦ τ. παντοκράτορος Rv 16:14. ἡμ. κυρίου (Jo 1:15; 2:1, 11; Is 13:6, 9 al.) occurring only once in the NT of the day of God, the Lord, in an OT quot. πρὶν ἐλθεῖν ἡμ. κυρίου τ. μεγάλην κ. ἐπιφανῆ Ac 2:20 (Jo 3:4; cp. JosAs 14:2). Otherw. Jesus Christ is the Lord of this day: 1 Cor 5:5; 1 Th 5:2 (P-ÉLangevin, Jesus Seigneur, ’67, 107–67; GHolland, SBLSP 24, ’85, 327–41); 2 Th 2:2; 2 Pt 3:10. He is oft. mentioned by name or otherw. clearly designated, e.g. as υἱὸς τ. ἀνθρώπου, Lk 17:24; 1 Cor 1:8; 2 Cor 1:14; Phil 1:6, 10; 2:16. ἡ ἐσχάτη ἡμ. the last day (of this age) (s. ἔσχατος 2b) J 6:39f, 44, 54; 11:24; 12:48; Hv 2, 2, 5. ἡμ. (τῆς) κρίσεως (Pr 6:34; Jdth 16:17; PsSol 15:12; En; GrBar 1:7; cp. TestLevi 3:2, 3; Just., D. 38, 2; Tat. 12, 4) Mt 10:15; 11:22, 24; 12:36; 2 Pt 2:9; 3:7; 1J 4:17; 2 Cl 17:6; B 19:10. ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὄτε κρίνει ὁ θεὸς διὰ Χρ. Ἰ. the day on which … Ro 2:16 (RBultmann, TLZ 72, ’47, 200f considers this a gloss). ἡμ. ὀργῆς καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ θεοῦ 2:5 (ἡμ. ὀργῆς as Zeph 1:15, 18; 2:3; Ezk 7:19 v.l.; cp. Rv 6:17). ἡ ἡμ. ἡ μεγάλη (Jer 37:7; Mal 3:22) Rv 6:17; 16:14. ἡμ. μεγάλη καὶ θαυμαστή B 6:4. ἡμ. ἀπολυτρώσεως Eph 4:30. ἡμ. ἐπισκοπῆς (s. ἐπισκοπή 1a and b) 1 Pt 2:12. ἡμ. ἀνταποδόσεως B 14:9 (Is 61:2); ἐκείνη ἡ ἡμ. (Zeph 1:15; Am 9:11; Zech 12:3f; Is 10:20; Jer 37:7f) Mt 7:22; Lk 6:23; 10:12; 21:34; 2 Th 1:10; 2 Ti 1:12, 18; 4:8; AcPlCor 2:32. Perh. ἡμ. σφαγῆς (cp. Jer 12:3; En 16:1) Js 5:5 belongs here (s. σφαγή). Abs. ἡμ. 1 Cor 3:13; Hb 10:25; B 7:9; 21:3; cp. 1 Th 5:4.—ἡμέρα αἰῶνος (Sir 18:10) day of eternity 2 Pt 3:18 is also eschatological in mng.; it means the day on which eternity commences, or the day which itself constitutes eternity. In the latter case the pass. would belong to the next section.
    an extended period, time (like יוֹם, but not unknown among the Greeks: Soph., Aj. 131; 623; Eur., Ion 720; Aristot., Rhet. 2, 13, 1389b, 33f; PAmh 30, 43 [II B.C.] ἡμέρας αἰτοῦσα=‘she asked for time’, or ‘a respite’)
    in sg. ἐν τ. ἡμέρᾳ τ. πονηρᾷ when the times are evil (unless the ref. is to the final judgment) Eph 6:13. ἐν ἡμ. σωτηρίας of the salutary time that has come for Christians 2 Cor 6:2 (Is 49:8). Of the time of the rescue fr. Egypt ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἐπιλαβομένου μου τ. χειρὸς αὐτῶν at the time when I took them by the hand Hb 8:9 (Jer 38:32; on the constr. cp. Bar 2:28 and B-D-F §423, 5; Rob. 514). ἐν ἐκείνῃ τ. ἡμέρᾳ at that time Mk 2:20b; J 14:20; 16:23, 26. τ. ἡμέραν τ. ἐμήν my time (era) 8:56. ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ αὐτοῦ ἡμέρᾳ in his (Abraham’s) last days GJs 1:3.
    chiefly in the pl. αἱ ἡμέραι of time of life or activity, w. gen. of pers. (1 Km 17:12 A; 2 Km 21:1; 3 Km 10:21; Esth 1:1s; Sir 46:7; 47:1; ἡμέραι αὐτοῦ En 12:2; ἡμέραι ἃς ἦτε 102:5 and oft.) ἐν ἡμέραις Ἡρῴδου Mt 2:1; Lk 1:5; Νῶε 17:26a; 1 Pt 3:20; Ἠλίου Lk 4:25. ἐν ταῖς ἡμ. τοῦ υἱοῦ τ. ἀνθρώπου 17:26b; cp. Mt 23:30. ἀπὸ τ. ἡμερῶν Ἰωάννου Mt 11:12. ἕως τ. ἡμερῶν Δαυίδ Ac 7:45; cp. 13:41 (Hab 1:5). W. gen. of thing ἡμέραι ἐκδικήσεως time of vengeance Lk 21:22; τ. ἀπογραφῆς Ac 5:37; cp. Rv 10:7; 11:6. ἐν τ. ἡμέραις τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ in the time of his appearance in the flesh Hb 5:7.—ἡμέραι πονηραί corrupt times Eph 5:16; cp. B 2:1; 8:6. ἡμ. ἀγαθαί happy times (Artem. 4, 8) 1 Pt 3:10 (Ps 33:13). ἀφʼ ἡμερῶν ἀρχαίων Ac 15:7; αἱ πρότερον ἡμ. Hb 10:32. πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας all the time, always Mt 28:20 (cp. Dt 4:40; 5:29; PsSol 14:4). νῦν τ. ἡμέραις at the present time Hs 9, 20, 4. ἐν (ταῖς) ἐσχάταις ἡμ. Ac 2:17; 2 Ti 3:1; Js 5:3; B 4:9; D 16:3. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τ. ἡμερῶν τούτων Hb 1:2; cp. 2 Pt 3:3; GJs 7:2. ἐν τ. ἡμέραις ἐκείναις at that time Mt 3:1; 24:19, 38; Mk 1:9; Lk 2:1; 4:2b; 5:35b. ἐν τ. ἡμ. ταύταις at this time Lk 1:39; 6:12; Ac 1:15. εἰς ταύτας τ. ἡμέρας w. respect to our time (opp. πάλαι) Hs 9, 26, 6. πρὸ τούτων τ. ἡμερῶν before this (time) Ac 5:36; 21:38; πρὸς ὀλίγας ἡμ. for a short time Hb 12:10; ἐλεύσονται ἡμ. there will come a time: w. ὅταν foll. Mt 9:15; Mk 2:20a; Lk 5:35a; w. ὅτε foll. Lk 17:22 (Just., D. 40, 2). ἥξουσιν ἡμέραι ἐπί σε καί a time is coming upon you when Lk 19:43. ἡμ. ἔρχονται καί Hb 8:8 (Jer 38:31). ἐλεύσονται ἡμ. ἐν αἷς Lk 21:6; 23:29.—Esp. of time of life πάσαις τ. ἡμέραις ἡμῶν for our entire lives Lk 1:75. πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς ζωῆς αὐτοῦ all his life GJs 4:1 (cp. En 103:5; TestJob 46:9). μήτε ἀρχὴν ἡμερῶν μήτε ζωῆς τέλος ἔχων without either beginning or end of life Hb 7:3. προβεβηκὼς ἐν ταῖς ἡμ. advanced in years Lk 1:7, 18; cp. 2:36 (s. Gen 18:11; 24:1; Josh 13:1; 23:1; 3 Km 1:1; προβαίνω 2).—B. 991. DELG s.v. ἦμαρ. EDNT. M-M. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἡμέρα

  • 11 πάθος

    πάθος [ᾰ], εος, τό, ([etym.] πάσχω)
    A that which happens to a person or thing, τὰ ἐν τοῖς κατόπτροις τῆς ὄψεως π. Pl.Tht. 193c; τὰ ἐν τῷ ἀνθρωπίνῳ βίῳ [τῆς ψυχῆς] π. Id.R. 612a; incident, accident, τὰ ἀνθρωπήϊα π. Hdt.5.4; τὸ συντυχὸν π. S.Aj. 313; οὗ τόδ' ἦν π. where this incident took place, Id.OT 732; ἔξωθεν π. Pl.R. 381a; unfortunate accident, Antipho 3.4.10.
    2 what one has experienced, good or bad, experience,

    τὸν πάθει μάθος θέντα κυρίως ἔχειν A.Ag. 177

    (lyr.); τά γ' ἐμὰ π. my experiences, Pl.Phd. 96a;

    τὸ δρᾶμα τοῦ πάθους πλέον A.Ag. 533

    ; opp. ἔργα, Pl. Phdr. 245c, Arist.Cael. 298a28; opp. πρᾶξις, Pl.Lg. 876d;

    ἤθη καὶ π. καὶ πράξεις Arist.Po. 1447a28

    .
    b in bad sense, misfortune, calamity, A.Pr. 703, Hdt.1.91, Lys.32.10, etc.;

    οὐλίῳ σὺν πάθει S.Aj. 932

    (lyr.); τὰ τῆς Νιόβης π. Pl.R. 380a, etc.; ἀνήκεστον π. ἔρδειν to do an act which is an irreparable mischief to one, Hdt.1.137; μετὰ τῆς θυγατρὸς τὸ π., i.e. her death, Id.2.133; π. μέγα πεπονθέναι, of a great defeat, Id.3.147, cf. 5.87, al.
    c = πάθημα 11.2, Arist. GA 738a16, 750a30, Gal.10.91.
    II of the soul, emotion, passion (

    λέγω δὲ πάθη.. ὅλως οἷς ἕπεται ἡδονὴ ἢ λύπη Arist.EN 1105b21

    ),

    σοφίη ψυχὴν παθῶν ἀφαιρεῖται Democr.31

    ;

    διὰ πάθους Th.3.84

    ; ἐρωτικὸν π. Pl.Phdr. 265b; π. ποιεῖν to excite passion, Arist.Rh. 1418a12;

    ἐν π. εἶναι Id.Pol. 1287b3

    ; ἐκτὸς τοῦ π. εἶναι to be exempt from passion, Teles p.56 H.;

    ἔξω τῶν π. γίγνεσθαι D.C.60.3

    ; περὶ παθῶν, title of work by Zeno the Stoic, D.L.7.4; in Epicur., sensation (including pleasure and pain), ἀκουστικὸν π. Ep.1p.13U., cf. p.19 U. (pl.); ὡς κανόνι τῷ π. πᾶν ἀγαθὸν κρίνοντες ib.3p.63U.
    III state, condition, τὸ τῆς παντοδαπῆς ἀγνοίας π. Pl.Sph. 228e, cf. 243c, Plt. 277d, Ap. 22c; opp. ἐνέργεια, A.D.Synt.12.17; opp. ποίημα, Pl.Sph. 248d.
    2 incidents of things, changes or happenings occurring in them, τὰ οὐράνια π. Pl.Hp.Ma. 285c; τὰ περὶ τὸν οὐρανὸν π. Id.Phd. 96c;

    τὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ π. καὶ μέρη Arist.Metaph. 986a5

    ;

    π. τοῦτο, ὃ καλεῖν εἰώθαμεν σεισμόν Id.Mu. 395b36

    .
    3 properties, qualities of things, opp. οὐσία, Pl.Euthphr. 11a; π. λέγεται.. ποιότης καθ' ἣν ἀλλοιοῦσθαι ἐνδέχεται, οἷον τὸ λευκὸν καὶ τὸ μέλαν, καὶ γλυκὺ καὶ πικρόν, καὶ βαρύτης καὶ κουφότης, κτλ. Arist. Metaph. 1022b15; τῶν ἀριθμῶν π. ib. 985b29; ἀριθμοῖς καὶ γραμμαῖς καὶ τοῖς τούτων π. Iamb.Comm.Math.23;

    γεωμετρία περὶ τὰ συμβεβηκότα πάθη τοῖς μεγέθεσι Arist.Rh. 1355b31

    , cf. APo. 75b1; τῶν φυτῶν τὰ μέρη καὶ τὰ π. Thphr.HP1.1.1; αἱ δυνάμεις καὶ τὰ π. ib.8.4.2.
    IV Gramm., modification in form of words (esp. dialectal),

    πάθη τῆς λέξεως Arist.Rh. 1460b12

    , cf. A.D.Pron.38.24, al.
    2 in Syntax, modified construction, of omission or redundancy, Id.Synt.6.15, 267.8.
    b passivity, D.T.637.30, A.D.Synt.12.17, al.
    c in writing, signs other than accents and breathings ([etym.] ἀπόστροφος, ὑφέν, ὑποδιαστολή), D.T.Supp.1p.107U.
    V Rhet., emotional style or treatment, τὸ σφοδρὸν καὶ ἐνθουσιαστικὸν π. Longin.8.1;

    πάθος ποιεῖν Arist.

    Rh. 1418a12;

    πράγματα π. ἔχοντα Plu.2.711e

    , etc.: pl.,

    πάθη διεστῶτα ὕψους Longin.8.2

    .

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > πάθος

  • 12 προσαίρω

    A bring,

    πρόσαιρε τὸ κανοῦν, εἰ δὲ βούλει, πρόσφερε Pherecr. 137

    ; bring to a person, administer,

    ἢν.. ἀσθενέοντι προσαίρῃ τις ποτόν Hp.Acut.44

    :—so in [voice] Med., take, consume, eat or drink, Id.VM6, Acut. 47, Phylotim. ap. Ath.3.81b; π. οἶνον, σιτία, Gal.7.141, UP4.7: c. gen., Id.11.336.
    2 raise to a higher level,

    τὴν ἠχὼ τῆς διαλέξεως Philostr. VS2.5.3

    .
    II προσήραντο is prob. f. l. for συνήραντο, they took part, in D.C.43.17.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > προσαίρω

  • 13 αἴρω

    αἴρω fut. ἀρῶ; 1 aor. ᾖρα (ἦρα v.l.; TestAbr; GrBar); pf. ἦρκα Col 2:14. Pass.: 1 fut. ἀρθήσομαι; 1 aor. ἤρθην; pf. ἦρμαι J 20:1; Hs 9, 5, 4 (Hom.+; he, like some later wr., has ἀείρω).
    to raise to a higher place or position, lift up, take up, pick up
    lit., of stones (Dio Chrys. 12 [13], 2) J 8:59 (cp. Jos., Vi. 303); Rv 18:21; Hs 9, 4, 7. Fish Mt 17:27; coffin 1 Cl 25:3; hand (X., An. 7, 3, 6) Rv 10:5 (Dt 32:40). Hands, in prayer 1 Cl 29:1 (Ael. Aristid. 24, 50 K.=44 p. 840 D.; 54 p. 691; PUps 8 p. 30 no. 14 [pre-Christian] Θεογένης αἴρει τὰς χεῖρας τῷ Ἡλίῳ; Sb 1323 [II A.D.] θεῷ ὑψίστῳ καὶ πάντων ἐπόπτῃ καὶ Ἡλίῳ καὶ Νεμέσεσι αἴρει Ἀρσεινόη ἄωρος τὰς χεῖρας). But αἴ. τὴν χεῖρα ἀπό τινος withdraw one’s hand fr. someone= renounce or withdraw fr. someone B 19:5; D 4:9. Of snakes pick up Mk 16:18. κλίνην Mt 9:6. κλινίδιον Lk 5:24. κράβαττον Mk 2:9, 11f; J 5:8–12. Of a boat that is pulled on board Ac 27:17. Of a spirit that carries a person away Hv 2, 1, 1 (cp. TestAbr B 10 p. 115, 11 [Stone p. 78] of angels). Take up a corpse to carry it away AcPt Ox 849 verso, 8 (cp. TestAbr A 20 p.103, 20 [Stone p. 54]). αἴ. σύσσημον raise a standard ISm 1:2 (Is 5:26); αἴ. τινὰ τῶν ἀγκώνων take someone by one’s arms Hv 1, 4, 3. For Ac 27:13 s. 6 below.—Pass. 2 Cl 7:4. ἄρθητι (of mountains) arise Mt 21:21; Mk 11:23. ἤρθη νεκρός Ac 20:9.
    fig. αἴ. τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἄνω look upward (in prayer, as Ps 122:1; Is 51:6 al.) J 11:41. For 10:24 s. 5 below. αἴ. φωνήν raise one’s voice, cry out loudly (1 Km 11:4; 30:4; 2 Km 3:32 al.) Lk 17:13. πρός τινα Ac 4:24.
    take/carry (along) lit. w. obj. acc. σταυρόν Mt 16:24; 27:32; Mk 8:34; 15:21; Lk 9:23. ζυγόν (La 3:27) Mt 11:29. τινὰ ἐπὶ χειρῶν 4:6; Lk 4:11 (both Ps 90:12). Pass. Mk 2:3. αἴ. τι εἰς ὁδόν take someth. along for the journey 6:8; Lk 9:3, cp. 22:36. Of a gambler’s winnings Mk 15:24.—Fig. δόξαν ἐφʼ ἑαυτὸν αἴ. claim honor for oneself B 19:3.
    carry away, remove lit. ταῦτα ἐντεῦθεν J 2:16 (ins [218 B.C.]: ΕΛΛΗΝΙΚΑ 7, ’34, p. 179, 15 ταῦτα αἰρέσθω; Just., D. 56, 3 σκευῶν ἀρθέντων). Crucified body of Jesus 19:38; cp. vs. 31; 20:2, 13, 15; of John the Baptist Mt 14:12; Mk 6:29. A stone from a grave-opening J 11:39, 41; pass. 20:1. οἱ αἴροντες οὐκ ἀνέφερον those who took something (a mouthful) brought nothing (to their mouth) GJs 18:2 (not pap). τὸ περισσεῦον the remainder Mt 14:20; 15:37; cp. Lk 9:17. περισσεύματα Mk 8:8. κλάσματα fragments 6:43; baskets 8:19f. ζώνην take off Ac 21:11; take: τὸ σόν what belongs to you Mt 20:14; τὰ ἀρκοῦντα what was sufficient for him Hs 5, 2, 9. αἴ. τι ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας get someth. fr. the house Mk 13:15; cp. vs.16 and Mt 24:17; cp. 24:18; Lk 17:31; take (a body) from a tomb J 20:2, 13, 15; take τινὰ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου 17:15.
    to take away, remove, or seize control without suggestion of lifting up, take away, remove. By force, even by killing: abs. ἆρον, ἆρον away, away (with him)! J 19:15 (cp. POxy 119, 10 [Dssm., LO 168; LAE 188 n. 22]; Philo, In Flacc. 144; ἆρον twice also La 2:19 v.l., in different sense). W. obj. αἶρε τοῦτον Lk 23:18; cp. Ac 21:36; 22:22. ἆραι τόν μάγον AcPl Ha 4, 35f; αἶρε τοὺς ἀθέους (s. ἄθεος 2a) MPol 3:2; 9:2 (twice); sweep away Mt 24:39; ὡς μελλούσης τῆς πόλεως αἴρεσθαι as though the city were about to be destroyed AcPl Ha 5, 17; cp. κόσμος ἔρεται (=αἴρεται) ἐμ πυρί 2, 26f. W. the connot. of force or injustice or both (Epict. 1, 18, 13; PTebt 278, 27; 35; 38 [I A.D.]; SSol 5:7): τὸ ἱμάτιον Lk 6:29; cp. vs. 30; D 1:4. τὴν πανοπλίαν all his weapons Lk 11:22; τάλαντον Mt 25:28; cp. Lk 19:24. Fig. τὴν κλεῖδα τῆς γνώσεως 11:52. Pass.: Mt 13:12; Mk 4:25; Lk 8:18; 19:26. Conquer, take over (Diod S 11, 65, 3 πόλιν) τόπον, ἔθνος J 11:48. For Lk 19:21f s. 4 below. αἴ. τὴν ψυχὴν ἀπό τινος J 10:18 (cp. EFascher, Deutsche Theol. ’41, 37–66).—Pass. ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς Ac 8:33b (Is 53:8; Just., D. 110, 6). ἀφʼ ὑμῶν ἡ βασιλεία Mt 21:43.—Of Satan τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐσπαρμένον εἰς αὐτούς Mk 4:15; cp. Lk 8:12. τὴν χαρὰν ὑμῶν οὐδεὶς αἴρει ἀφʼ ὑμῶν no one will deprive you of your joy J 16:22. ἐξ ὑμῶν πᾶσαν ὑπόκρισιν rid ourselves of all pretension B 21:4; ἀπὸ τῆς καρδίας τὰς διψυχίας αἴ. put away doubt fr. their heart Hv 2, 2, 4. αἴ. ἀφʼ ἑαυτοῦ put away fr. oneself Hm 9:1; 10, 1, 1; 10, 2, 5; 12, 1, 1. αἴ. ἐκ (τοῦ) μέσου remove, expel (fr. among) (Epict. 3, 3, 15; Plut., Mor. 519d; BGU 388 II, 23 ἆρον ταῦτα ἐκ τοῦ μέσου; PHib 73, 14; Is 57:2) 1 Cor 5:2 (v.l. ἐξαρθῇ); a bond, note, certificate of indebtedness αἴ. ἐκ τοῦ μέσου destroy Col 2:14. Of branches cut off J 15:2. Prob. not intrans., since other exx. are lacking, but w. ‘something’ supplied αἴρει τὸ πλήρωμα ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱματίου the patch takes someth. away fr. the garment Mt 9:16; cp. Mk 2:21. Remove, take away, blot out (Eur., El. 942 κακά; Hippocr., Epid. 5, 49, p. 236 pain; cp. Job 6:2; IG II, 467, 81 ζημίας; Epict. 1, 7, 5 τὰ ψευδῆ; SIG 578, 42 τ. νόμον; Pr 1:12; EpArist 215; Just., D. 117, 3) τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τ. κόσμου J 1:29, 36 v.l.; 1 J 3:5 (Is 53:12 Aq., s. PKatz, VetusT 8, ’58, 272; cp. 1 Km 15:25; 25:28). Pass. Ac 8:33a (Is 53:8); Eph 4:31. Fig. take, in order to make someth. out of the obj. 1 Cor 6:15.
    to make a withdrawal in a commercial sense, withdraw, take, ext. of 2 αἴρεις ὸ̔ οὐκ ἔθηκας Lk 19:21f (banking t.t.: JBernays, Ges. Abh. I 1885, 272f; JSmith, JTS 29, 1928, 158).
    to keep in a state of uncertainty about an outcome, keep someone in suspense, fig. ext. of 1 αἴ. τὴν ψυχήν τινος J 10:24 (Nicetas, De Manuele Comm. 3, 5 [MPG CXXXIX 460a]: ἕως τίνος αἴρεις, Σαρακηνέ, τὰς ψυχὰς ἡμῶν; The expr. αἴ. τὴν ψυχήν w. different mng. Ps 24:1; 85:4; 142:8; Jos., Ant. 3, 48).
    to raise a ship’s anchor for departure, weigh anchor, depart, ext. of 1, abs. (cp. Thu. et al.; Philo, Mos. 1, 85; Jos., Ant. 7, 97; 9, 229; 13, 86 ἄρας ἀπὸ τῆς Κρήτης κατέπλευσεν εἰς Κιλίκιαν) Ac 27:13.—Rydbeck 155f; B. 669f. DELG s.v. 1 ἀείρω. M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > αἴρω

  • 14 κλῆσις

    κλῆσις, εως, ἡ (s. καλέω; Aristoph., X., Pla.; pap, LXX, TestSol, Philo, Just.; Tat. 15, 4).
    invitation to experience of special privilege and responsibility, call, calling, invitation. In our lit. almost exclusively of divine initiative (cp. κλῆσις, ἣν κέκληκεν [ὁ θεός] Epict. 1, 29, 49; s. also Maximus Tyr. 11, 11a) of the divine call, of the invitation to enter the kgdm. of God κ. ἐπουράνιος a heavenly (=divine) call Hb 3:1. ἡ κ. τοῦ θεοῦ the call that comes fr. God Ro 11:29; Lk 11:42 v.l. (Marcion’s rdg., accord. to Epiph.; the latter has κρίσις). ἵνα ἐνμίνωσι (=ἐμμείνωσι) τῇ πρὸς τὸν πατέρα κλήσι so that they might remain steadfast in their calling to the Father AcPl Ha 7, 33. ἡ ἐλπὶς τῆς κλήσεως αὐτοῦ (=τοῦ θεοῦ) the hope to which God calls Eph 1:18. ἐλπὶς τῆς κ. ὑμῶν the hope that your calling brings you 4:4. ἡ ἄνω κ. τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν Χριστῷ the upward call of God in Christ Phil 3:14; cp. 1 Cl 46:6. καλεῖν κλήσει ἁγίᾳ call with a holy calling 2 Ti 1:9; cp. Eph 4:1, 4 (cp. Orig., C. Cels. 3, 61, 21); ἀξιοῦν τινα τῆς κ. 2 Th 1:11 (s. ἀξιόω 1). ἡ κ. τινος the call that has come to someone (Orig., C. Cels. 2, 78, 5) 2 Pt 1:10. βλέπετε τὴν κ. ὑμῶν consider your call i.e., what happened when it occurred 1 Cor 1:26. κ. τῆς ἐπαγγελίας the calling of (i.e. that consists in) God’s promise B 16:9. Of baptism (s. HKoch, Die Bussfrist des Pastor Hermae: Festgabe für AvHarnack 1921, 175f) μετὰ τὴν κ. ἐκείνην τὴν μεγάλην καὶ σεμνήν after that great and sacred call Hm 4, 3, 6; ὁ κύριος θέλει τὴν κ. τὴν γενομένην διὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ σωθῆναι the Lord desires the salvation of those who are called through his Son Hs 8, 11, 1.—Cp. AcThom 50 (Aa II/2, 166, 17); ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν τῆς κλήσεως ‘by all those who are called’ Iren. 1, 4, 4 (Harv. I 136, 13); also Hippol., Ref. 6, 45, 3.
    position that one holds, position, condition (Libanius, Argumenta Orationum Demosth. 2: VIII 601, 6 F. τὴν τοῦ μαχαιροποιοῦ κλῆσιν ἔλαβεν=took up the occupation; idem Progymn. 9, 2, 1: VIII 290, 14 ἐν τῇ κλήσει ταύτῃ=in this characteristic, i.e. as Phrygians; Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 163 θεοῦ κλῆσισ=the position of a god [is a thing so sacred to the Alexandrians that they even give animals a share in it]) ἕκαστος ἐν τῇ κ. ᾗ ἐκλήθη, ἐν ταύτῃ μενέτω everyone is to remain in the (same) condition/position in which the person was when called (to salvation) 1 Cor 7:20.—For other perspectives s. KHoll, D. Gesch. des Wortes Beruf: SBBerlAk 1924, xxixff; ENorden, Antike Menschen im Ringen um ihre Berufsbestimmung: SBBerlAk ’32, p. xxxviiiff; WBieder, D. Berufung im NT ’61.—DELG s.v. καλέω. M-M. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > κλῆσις

  • 15 περί

    περί (Hom.+) prep. w. gen. and acc., in our lit. not w. dat. (B-D-F §203; Rob. 617; see the lit. s.v. ἀνά, beg.) lit. ‘round about’
    w. the gen. to denote the object or pers. to which (whom) an activity or esp. inward process refers or relates, about, concerning
    after verbs that denote an oral or written expression or its reception, a mental action, knowing, thinking, recognizing, etc., about, concerning; s. the entries ἀκούω 1c and 3c, ἀναγγέλλω 2 end, ἀπαγγέλλω 1, ἀπολογέομαι, γνωρίζω 1, γογγύζω, γράφω 2c, δηλόω, διαβεβαιόομαι, διαλέγομαι 1, διδάσκω 2d, διηγέομαι, εἶπον 1a, ἐντέλλω, ἐπιστέλλω, κατηχέω, λαλέω 2aγ, λέγω 1bδ; λόγον αἰτεῖν, ἀποδιδόναι, διδόναι, ποιεῖσθαι (s. λόγος 2a); μαρτυρέω 1b, μνημονεύω 1c, ὁμιλέω, πυνθάνομαι, προκαταγγέλλω, προφητεύω, ὑπομιμνῄσκω, χρηματίζομαι; ἀγνοέω 1a, ἀπορέω, ἐπινοέω, ἐπίσταμαι 2, οἶδα 1h, πέπεισμαι (s. πείθω 4), πιστεύω 1aβ. Also used w. the substantives belonging to these verbs or verbs w. similar mngs.: ἀπολογία 2a, γογγυσμός; διήγησις, εὐαγγέλιον, ἦχος 2, πρόφασις, φήμη; s. these entries. γινώσκω J 7:17. συμφωνέω Mt 18:19. τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ περὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ; what do you think of the Christ? 22:42.
    after verbs that express considering, asking, examining, charging, judging, censuring, punishing, praising, etc., on account of, because of, for, concerning. S. the entries ἀποστοματίζω, ἀπορέω, διαπορέω, ἐγκαλέω, εἶδον (3: deliberate concerning), ἐκζητέω 1, ἐλέγχω 2 and 3, ἐξετάζω 1 and 2b, ἐπερωτάω 1a, ἐπιζητέω 1b, ἐρωτάω 1, ζητέω 2, κατηγορέω, παραμυθέομαι.—διαλογίζομαι Lk 3:15. κρίνω J 8:26. λιθάζω 10:33. θεὸν αἰνέω Lk 19:37. περὶ οὗ … οἱ κατήγοροι οὐδεμίαν αἰτίαν ἔφερον his accusers brought no charge of this kind Ac 25:18 (BWeiss, Preuschen take περὶ οὗ w. σταθέντες, which immediately follows it, and understand it to mean ‘around him’, ‘near him’ [περί τινος in this sense IG XIV, 2508, 4]).—S. also the entry ζήτημα.
    after verbs that denote emotion. S. the entries ἀγανακτέω, θαυμάζω 1aβ, καυχάομαι, σπλαγχνίζομαι.
    after verbs of caring (for). S. the entries μέλει 1b, μεριμνάω, προβλέπω.
    after other verbs and expressions, mostly with regard to, with reference to, in relation to, w. respect to εὐλογεῖν Hb 11:20. ἀναβαίνειν περὶ τοῦ ζητήματος go up about the question Ac 15:2. ἐντολὰς λαμβάνειν Col 4:10. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν 1 Cor 7:37 (s. ἐξουσία 1). περὶ πάντων εὐοδοῦσθαι be well off in all respects 3J 2 (περὶ π.=‘in all resp.’: Pla., Gorg. 23, 467d.—Others take it as ‘above all’; cp. Il. 1, 287; 21, 566).
    w. certain verbs and nouns such as ‘ask’, ‘pray’, ‘prayer’, etc., περί introduces the pers. or thing in whose interest the petition is made. Thus it takes the place of ὑπέρ (B-D-F §229, 1; Rob. 618; WSchulze, Zeitschr. für vergl. Sprachforschung 44, 1911, 359: Callim., Epigr. 55, 3.—SIG 1170, 30 περὶ τούτου παρεκάλεσα τὸν θεόν; POxy 1298, 4; 1494, 6; JosAs 28:5 ἐξιλάσομαι αὐτοὺς περὶ ὑμῶν; EpArist 273) for. S. the entries δέομαι b, δέησις, ἐρωτάω 2, παρακαλέω 3. προσεύχεσθαι (Gen 20:7; 1 Km 7:5; 2 Macc 1:6; 15:14) Lk 6:28; Col 1:3 (v.l. ὑπέρ); 4:3; 1 Th 5:25; 2 Th 1:11; 3:1; Hb 13:18. προσευχὴ γίνεται Ac 12:5. Παῦλος ἐσταυρώθη περὶ ὑμῶν; 1 Cor 1:13 v.l. (for ὑπέρ). τὸ αἷμα τὸ περὶ πολλῶν ἐκχυννόμενον Mt 26:28 (cp. Nicol. Dam.: 90 Fgm. 730, 29 p. 415, 29 Jac. περὶ τῶν διαδόχων αὐτοῦ ἅπαν … παθεῖν). ἀγῶνα ἔχω περὶ ὑμῶν Col 2:1 v.l. (for ὑπέρ).
    when used w. ἁμαρτία the word ‘for’ has the sense to take away, to atone for περὶ ἁμαρτίας (Num 8:8) Ro 8:3 (difft. TThornton, JTS 22, ’71, 515–17). Ἰ. Χρ. τοῦ δόντος ἑαυτὸν περὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν Gal 1:4 v.l. (for ὑπέρ; CBreytenbach, Versöhnung ’89, 197). περὶ ἁμαρτιῶν ἔπαθεν 1 Pt 3:18 (v.l. ἀπέθανεν). Cp. Hb 5:3c. προσφορὰ περὶ ἁμαρτίας 10:18. θυσία περὶ ἁμαρτιῶν vs. 26. εἰσφέρεται τὸ αἷμα περὶ ἁμαρτίας 13:11. τὸ περὶ τῆς ἁμαρτίας (i.e. προσφερόμενον) the sin-offering (Lev 6:23; 14:19) Hb 10:6, 8 (both Ps 39:7).
    περί τινος abs. at the beginning of a sentence concerning, with reference to (GrBar 8:6; Just., A I, 15, 1 al.; SIG 736, 1; PEleph 13, 4f; BGU 246, 13; 17; 1097, 5 [c. 50 A.D.]; 1095, 9 [57 A.D.]) περὶ ὧν (=περὶ τούτων ἃ) ἐγράψατε concerning the things you wrote (to me) 1 Cor 7:1 (s. γράφω 2c). Cp. 8:1; 16:1, 12. In other, seemingly similar, places it is to be connected w. the verb that follows: Mt 22:31; 24:36; Mk 12:26; 13:32; 1 Cor 7:25; 8:4; 12:1; 2 Cor 9:1; 1 Th 4:9; 5:1. (Cp. the formulation of answers by Claudius in PLond 1912; on Paul’s rhetorical use, cp. Demosth. 7, 1; 14; 18; 30; 39; MMitchell NovT 31, ’89, 229–56.)
    w. the art. τὰ περί τινος what concerns someone or someth., his or its circumstances, situation, condition (X., An. 2, 5, 37 ὅπως μάθοι τὰ περὶ Προξένου; Sir 19:30; TestJob 41:3; JosAs 19:2; GrBar 4:12; Just., A I, 33, 5; Tat. 36, 2) τὰ περὶ (τοῦ) Ἰησοῦ the reports about Jesus, concerning his miracles Mk 5:27; of Jesus’ passion experiences Lk 24:19; of the preaching about Jesus Ac 18:25; cp. 28:31. τὰ περὶ ἑαυτοῦ (αὐτοῦ, ἐμοῦ, ἐμαυτοῦ, ἡμῶν, ὑμῶν) Lk 24:27; Ac 23:11, 15; 24:10; 28:15; Eph 6:22; Phil 1:27; 2:19f; Col 4:8.—τὰ περὶ τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ θεοῦ the things concerning the Kgdm. of God Ac 1:3; 19:8 (v.l. without the art.). τὰ περὶ τῆς ὁδοῦ 24:22 (ὁδός 3c).
    w. the acc., gener. in ref. to position rather than mental or emotional considerations as in the use of the gen., about
    of place around, about, near (TestJob 40:6 περί τινα φάτνην; 12 περὶ τὴν οἰκίαν; Ath. 25, 1 ἄγγελοι … περὶ τὸν ἀέρα ἔχοντες καὶ τὴν γῆν)
    α. (all) around ἕως ὅτου σκάψω περὶ αὐτήν until I dig (all) around it Lk 13:8. περιαστράψαι φῶς περὶ ἐμέ Ac 22:6b. αἱ παρθένοι ἑστηκυῖαι περὶ τὴν πύλην who stood about the door Hs 9, 3, 2.
    β. of a part of the body around which someth. goes (Heraclid. Pont. Fgm. 55 W. περὶ τὸ μέτωπον; PsSol 2:20 περὶ τὴν κεφαλήν; TestJob 46:9 περὶ τὸ στῆθος; JosAs 3:9 περὶ τὰς χεῖρας): a belt περὶ τὴν ὀσφύν around the waist Mt 3:4; Mk 1:6 (JosAs 14:16); cp. Rv 15:6. A millstone περίκειται περὶ τὸν τράχηλον Mk 9:42; Lk 17:2 (JosAs 18:5); cp. Mt 18:6.
    γ. of nearby places: αἱ περὶ αὐτὰς πόλεις the towns near them (Sodom and Gomorrah) Jd 7. τὰ περὶ τὸν τόπον the region around the place Ac 28:7 (Diod S 1, 50, 6 τὰ π. τὴν Μέμφιν; Strabo 12, 7, 3). Without the art. περὶ Τύρον καὶ Σιδῶνα the neighborhood of T. and S. Mk 3:8.
    δ. of persons who are standing, sitting, working or staying close to someone ὄχλον περὶ αὐτόν Mt 8:18; cp. Mk 9:14. τοὺς περὶ αὐτὸν κύκλῳ καθημένους Mk 3:34; cp. vs. 32. οἱ περὶ αὐτόν those about him, his followers Mk 4:10; Lk 22:49. The central person in the group can be included: οἱ περὶ Παῦλον Paul and his companions Ac 13:13; 21:8 v.l. οἱ περὶ τὸν Πέτρον Peter and those with him short ending of Mark; GHb 356, 38f= ISm 3:2; cp. GHb 22, 39 (Pla., Thu., X.; Diod S 11, 40, 3; 11, 61, 3 οἱ περὶ τὸν Κίμωνα=Cimon and his men; ins, pap; 2 Macc 1:33; 8:30; 4 Macc 2:19; JosAs 26:5; Jos., Bell. 5, 10, Ant. 18, 354 al.; Tat. 36, 1 al.; B-D-F §228; Rob. 620). οἱ περὶ τὸν κεντυρίωνα the centurion and his men GPt 11:45. πρὸς τὰς περὶ Μάρθαν καὶ Μαριάμ J 11:19 v.l. prob. means only the two sisters to Martha and Mary (cp. Phalaris, Ep. 136; Polyb. 4, 36, 6; 21, 11, 2; Diod S 1, 16, 1; 1, 37, 3; 16, 85, 2 οἱ περὶ Χάρητα καὶ Λυσικλέα=Chares and Lysicles [are made generals]; Plut., Tib. Gracch. 825 [2, 3] οἱ περὶ Δροῦσον = Δροῦσος, Pyrrh. 395 [20, 1] οἱ περὶ Γάϊον Φαβρίκιον = Γάϊος Φαβρίκιος; Diog. L. 2, 43 οἱ περὶ Αἰσχύλον=Aeschylus; 2, 105; EpArist 51; Philo, Vi. Cont. 15; Jos., Ant. 13, 187; 15, 370, C. Ap. 1, 17). οἱ π. τὸν Παῦλον Ac 27:1a v.l.=Παῦλος vs. 1b.
    of time about, near (Hdt., Thu., X. et al.; PGen 17, 10; PGiss 70, 7; Gen 15:12; Ex 11:4) περὶ τρίτην ὥραν (Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 45 §182; TestAbr A 5 p. 82, 11 [Stone p. 12] and B 6 p. 109, 27 [Stone p. 66]; Jos., Vi. 239; cp. 243; PSI 184, 5 χθὲς περὶ ἕκτην ὥραν) about the third hour Mt 20:3. Likew. w. the hour given vs. 5f, 9; 27:46; Ac 10:3 (ὡσεὶ περὶ ὥραν ἐνάτην; ApcMos 17 περὶ ὥραν, ὅταν), 9; cp. Mk 6:48; Ac 22:6a.
    of being occupied with (Just., D. 2, 5 χρόνον ἐκτρίβειν περὶ ἐκεῖνα τὰ μαθματα; 8, 3 τῆς περὶ τὸ θεῖον ὁρμῆς; Tat. 27, 3; Ath. 17, 3) περισπᾶσθαι (q.v. 2), θορυβάζεσθαι περί τι Lk 10:40f. οἱ π. τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐργάται the workers who were occupied with such things (s. ἐργάτης 1a) Ac 19:25.
    with regard or respect to (Diod S 2, 18, 2 ἡ περὶ αὐτὴν ἀρετή=her valor; Lucian, Vit. Auct. 17 οἱ περὶ μοιχείαν νόμοι; ApcEsdr 1:6 δικάσασθαι … περὶ τὸ γένος τῶν χριστιανῶν; Jos., Ant. 5, 259; Mel., HE 4, 26, 13 σου τὸ σπουδαῖον περὶ τὴν πίστιν) ἀστοχεῖν 1 Ti 6:21; 2 Ti 2:18. ναυαγεῖν 1 Ti 1:19. νοσεῖν have a morbid craving for someth. (s. νοσέω) 6:4. περὶ πάντα in all respects Tit 2:7.—Pol 4:3; παράδοξον περὶ Ἰοῦστον … γέγονος a miracle that took place involving Justus Papias (2:9). On 2 Cl 17:2 s. ἀνάγω 5.—τὰ περὶ ἐμέ my situation, how I am getting along (Menand., Sam. 623 S. [Kö. 278]; UPZ 68, 6 [152 B.C.] τὰ περὶ Ἀπολλώνιον; Just., A I, 54, 2 τὰ περὶ τὸν Χριστόν; Tat. 8, 4 τὰ περὶ σέ; Jos., Ant. 2, 60) Phil 2:23. αἱ π. τὰ λοιπὰ ἐπιθυμίαι desires for other things Mk 4:19.—DELG. M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > περί

  • 16

    ὁ, ἡ, τό pl. οἱ, αἱ, τά article, derived fr. a demonstrative pronoun, ‘the’. Since the treatment of the inclusion and omission of the art. belongs to the field of grammar, the lexicon can limit itself to exhibiting the main features of its usage. It is difficult to set hard and fast rules for the employment of the art., since the writer’s style had special freedom of play here—Kühner-G. I p. 589ff; B-D-F §249–76; Mlt. 80–84; Rob. 754–96; W-S. §17ff; Rdm.2 112–18; Abel §28–32; HKallenberg, RhM 69, 1914, 642ff; FVölker, Syntax d. griech. Papyri I, Der Artikel, Progr. d. Realgymn. Münster 1903; FEakin, AJP 37, 1916, 333ff; CMiller, ibid. 341ff; EColwell, JBL 52, ’33, 12–21 (for a critique s. Mlt-H.-Turner III 183f); ASvensson, D. Gebr. des bestimmten Art. in d. nachklass. Epik ’37; RFink, The Syntax of the Greek Article ’53; JRoberts, Exegetical Helps, The Greek Noun with and without the Article: Restoration Qtly 14, ’71, 28–44; HTeeple, The Greek Article with Personal Names in the Synoptic Gospels: NTS 19, ’73, 302–17; Mussies 186–97.
    this one, that one, the art. funct. as demonstrative pronoun
    in accordance w. epic usage (Hes., Works 450: ἡ=this [voice]) in the quot. fr. Arat., Phaenom. 5 τοῦ γὰρ καὶ γένος ἐσμέν for we are also his (lit. this One’s) offspring Ac 17:28.
    ὁ μὲν … ὁ δέ the one … the other (Polyaenus 6, 2, 1 ὁ μὲν … ὁ δὲ … ὁ δε; PSI 512, 21 [253 B.C.]); pl. οἱ μὲν … οἱ δέ (PSI 341, 9 [256 B.C.]; TestJob 29:1) some … others w. ref. to a noun preceding: ἐσχίσθη τὸ πλῆθος … οἱ μὲν ἦσαν σὺν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, οἱ δὲ σὺν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις Ac 14:4; 17:32; 28:24; 1 Cor 7:7; Gal 4:23; Phil 1:16f. Also without such a relationship expressed τοὺς μὲν ἀποστόλους, τοὺς δὲ προφήτας, τοὺς δὲ εὐαγγελιστάς Eph 4:11. οἱ μὲν … ὁ δέ Hb 7:5f, 20f. οἱ μὲν … ἄλλοι (δέ) J 7:12. οἱ μὲν … ἄλλοι δὲ … ἕτεροι δέ Mt 16:14. τινὲς … οἱ δέ Ac 17:18 (cp. Pla., Leg. 1, 627a; 2, 658 B.; Aelian, VH 2, 34; Palaeph. 6, 5).—Mt 26:67; 28:17 οἱ δέ introduces a second class; just before this, instead of the first class, the whole group is mentioned (cp. X., Hell. 1, 2, 14, Cyr. 3, 2, 12; KMcKay, JSNT 24, ’85, 71f)= but some (as Arrian, Anab. 5, 2, 7; 5, 14, 4; Lucian, Tim. 4 p. 107; Hesych. Miles. [VI A.D.]: 390 Fgm. 1, 35 end Jac.).
    To indicate the progress of the narrative, ὁ δέ, οἱ δέ but he, but they (lit. this one, they) is also used without ὁ μέν preceding (likew. Il. 1, 43; Pla., X.; also Clearchus, Fgm. 76b τὸν δὲ εἰπεῖν=but this man said; pap examples in Mayser II/1, 1926, 57f) e.g. Mt 2:9, 14; 4:4; 9:31; Mk 14:31 (cp. Just., A II, 2, 3). ὁ μὲν οὖν Ac 23:18; 28:5. οἱ μὲν οὖν 1:6; 5:41; 15:3, 30.—JO’Rourke, Paul’s Use of the Art. as a Pronoun, CBQ 34, ’72, 59–65.
    the, funct. to define or limit an entity, event, or state
    w. nouns
    α. w. appellatives, or common nouns, where, as in Pla., Thu., Demosth. et al., the art. has double significance, specific or individualizing, and generic.
    א. In its individualizing use it focuses attention on a single thing or single concept, as already known or otherwise more definitely limited: things and pers. that are unique in kind: ὁ ἥλιος, ἡ σελήνη, ὁ οὐρανός, ἡ γῆ, ἡ θάλασσα, ὁ κόσμος, ἡ κτίσις, ὁ θεός (BWeiss [s. on θεός, beg.]), ὁ διάβολος, ὁ λόγος (J 1:1, 14), τὸ φῶς, ἡ σκοτία, ἡ ζωή, ὁ θάνατος etc. (but somet. the art. is omitted, esp. when nouns are used w. preps.; B-D-F §253, 1–4; Rob. 791f; Mlt-Turner 171). ἐν συναγωγῇ καὶ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ J 18:20.—Virtues, vices, etc. (contrary to Engl. usage): ἡ ἀγάπη, ἡ ἀλήθεια, ἡ ἁμαρτία, ἡ δικαιοσύνη, ἡ σοφία et al.—The individualizing art. stands before a common noun that was previously mentioned (without the art.): τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους Lk 9:16 (after πέντε ἄρτοι vs. 13). τὸ βιβλίον 4:17b (after βιβλίον, vs. 17a), τοὺς μάγους Mt 2:7 (after μάγοι, vs. 1). J 4:43 (40); 12:6 (5); 20:1 (19:41); Ac 9:17 (11); Js 2:3 (2); Rv 15:6 (1).—The individ. art. also stands before a common noun which, in a given situation, is given special attention as the only or obvious one of its kind (Hipponax [VI B.C.] 13, 2 West=D.3 16 ὁ παῖς the [attending] slave; Diod S 18, 29, 2 ὁ ἀδελφός=his brother; Artem. 4, 71 p. 245, 19 ἡ γυνή=your wife; ApcEsdr 6:12 p. 31, 17 μετὰ Μωσῆ … ἐν τῷ ὄρει [Sinai]; Demetr. (?): 722 fgm 7 Jac. [in Eus., PE 9, 19, 4] ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος [Moriah]) τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ to the attendant (who took care of the synagogue) Lk 4:20. εἰς τὸν νιπτῆρα into the basin (that was there for the purpose) J 13:5. ἰδοὺ ὁ ἄνθρωπο here is this (wretched) man 19:5. ἐκ τῆς παιδίσκης or ἐλευθέρας by the (well-known) slave woman or the free woman (Hagar and Sarah) Gal 4:22f. τὸν σῖτον Ac 27:38. ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ 1 Cor 5:9 (s. ἐπιστολή) τὸ ὄρος the mountain (nearby) Mt 5:1; 8:1; 14:23; Mk 3:13; 6:46; Lk 6:12; 9:28 al.; ἡ πεισμονή this (kind of) persuasion Gal 5:8. ἡ μαρτυρία the (required) witness or testimony J 5:36.—The art. takes on the idea of κατʼ ἐξοχήν ‘par excellence’ (Porphyr., Abst. 24, 7 ὁ Αἰγύπτιος) ὁ ἐρχόμενος the one who is (was) to come or the coming one par excellence=The Messiah Mt 11:3; Lk 7:19. ὁ προφήτης J 1:21, 25; 7:40. ὁ διδάσκαλος τ. Ἰσραήλ 3:10 (Ps.-Clem., Hom. 5, 18 of Socrates: ὁ τῆς Ἑλλάδος διδάσκαλος); cp. MPol 12:2. With things (Stephan. Byz. s.v. Μάρπησσα: οἱ λίθοι=the famous stones [of the Parian Marble]) ἡ κρίσις the (last) judgment Mt 12:41. ἡ ἡμέρα the day of decision 1 Cor 3:13; (cp. Mi 4:6 Mt); Hb 10:25. ἡ σωτηρία (our) salvation at the consummation of the age Ro 13:11.
    ב. In its generic use it singles out an individual who is typical of a class, rather than the class itself: ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος Mt 12:35. κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον 15:11. ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικός 18:17. ὁ ἐργάτης Lk 10:7. ἐγίνωσκεν τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ J 2:25. τὰ σημεῖα τοῦ ἀποστόλου 2 Cor 12:12. ὁ κληρονόμος Gal 4:1. So also in parables and allegories: ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης Mt 24:43. Cp. J 10:11b, 12. The generic art. in Gk. is often rendered in Engl. by the indef. art. or omitted entirely.
    β. The use of the art. w. personal names is varied; as a general rule the presence of the art. w. a personal name indicates that the pers. is known; without the art. focus is on the name as such (s. Dssm., BPhW 22, 1902, 1467f; BWeiss, D. Gebr. des Art. b. d. Eigennamen [im NT]: StKr 86, 1913, 349–89). Nevertheless, there is an unmistakable drift in the direction of Mod. Gk. usage, in which every proper name has the art. (B-D-F §260; Rob. 759–61; Mlt-Turner 165f). The ms. tradition varies considerably. In the gospels the art. is usu. found w. Ἰησοῦς; yet it is commonly absent when Ἰ. is accompanied by an appositive that has the art. Ἰ. ὁ Γαλιλαῖος Mt 26:69; Ἰ. ὁ Ναζωραῖος vs. 71; Ἰ. ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός 27:17, 22. Sim. Μαριὰμ ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ Ἰ. Ac 1:14. The art. somet. stands before oblique cases of indecl. proper names, apparently to indicate their case (B-D-F §260, 2; Rob. 760). But here, too, there is no hard and fast rule.—HTeeple, NTS 19, ’73, 302–17 (synopt.).
    γ. The art. is customarily found w. the names of countries (B-D-F §261, 4; W-S. § 18, 5 d; Rob. 759f); less freq. w. names of cities (B-D-F §261, 1; 2; Rob. 760; Mlt-Turner 170–72). W. Ἰερουσαλήμ, Ἱεροσόλυμα it is usu. absent (s. Ἱεροσόλυμα); it is only when this name has modifiers that it must have the art. ἡ νῦν Ἰ. Gal 4:25; ἡ ἄνω Ἰ. vs. 26; ἡ καινὴ Ἰ. Rv 3:12. But even in this case it lacks the art. when the modifier follows: Hb 12:22.—Names of rivers have the art. ὁ Ἰορδάνης, ὁ Εὐφράτης, ὁ Τίβερις Hv 1, 1, 2 (B-D-F §261, 8; Rob. 760; Mlt-Turner 172). Likew. names of seas ὁ Ἀδρίας Ac 27:27.
    δ. The art. comes before nouns that are accompanied by the gen. of a pronoun (μοῦ, σοῦ, ἡμῶν, ὑμῶν, αὐτοῦ, ἑαυτοῦ, αὐτῶν) Mt 1:21, 25; 5:45; 6:10–12; 12:49; Mk 9:17; Lk 6:27; 10:7; 16:6; Ro 4:19; 6:6 and very oft. (only rarely is it absent: Mt 19:28; Lk 1:72; 2:32; 2 Cor 8:23; Js 5:20 al.).
    ε. When accompanied by the possessive pronouns ἐμός, σός, ἡμέτερος, ὑμέτερος the noun always has the art., and the pron. stands mostly betw. art. and noun: Mt 18:20; Mk 8:38; Lk 9:26; Ac 26:5; Ro 3:7 and oft. But only rarely so in John: J 4:42; 5:47; 7:16. He prefers to repeat the article w. the possessive following the noun ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμή J 5:30; cp. 7:6; 17:17; 1J 1:3 al.
    ζ. Adjectives (or participles), when they modify nouns that have the art., also come either betw. the art. and noun: ἡ ἀγαθὴ μερίς Lk 10:42; τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα 12:10; Ac 1:8; ἡ δικαία κρίσις J 7:24 and oft., or after the noun w. the art. repeated τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον Mk 3:29; J 14:26; Ac 1:16; Hb 3:7; 9:8; 10:15. ἡ ζωὴ ἡ αἰώνιος 1J 1:2; 2:25. τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν Ac 12:10. Only rarely does an adj. without the art. stand before a noun that has an art. (s. B-D-F §270, 1; Rob. 777; Mlt-Turner 185f): ἀκατακαλύπτῳ τῇ κεφαλῇ 1 Cor 11:5. εἶπεν μεγάλῃ τῇ φωνῇ Ac 14:10 v.l.; cp. 26:24. κοιναῖς ταῖς χερσίν Mk 7:5 D.—Double modifier τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον τῷ διαβόλῳ Mt 25:41. τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ χρυσοῦν τὸ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου Rv 8:3; 9:13. ἡ πόρνη ἡ μεγάλη ἡ καθημένη 17:1.—Mk 5:36 τὸν λόγον λαλούμενον is prob. a wrong rdg. (B has τὸν λαλ., D τοῦτον τὸν λ. without λαλούμενον).—On the art. w. ὅλος, πᾶς, πολύς s. the words in question.
    η. As in the case of the poss. pron. (ε) and adj. (ζ), so it is w. other expressions that can modify a noun: ἡ κατʼ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις Ro 9:11. ἡ παρʼ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη 11:27. ὁ λόγος ὁ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Cor 1:18. ἡ ἐντολὴ ἡ εἰς ζωήν Ro 7:10. ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεόν 1 Th 1:8. ἡ διακονία ἡ εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους 2 Cor 8:4.
    θ. The art. precedes the noun when a demonstrative pron. (ὅδε, οὗτος, ἐκεῖνος) belonging with it comes before or after; e.g.: οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος Lk 14:30; J 9:24. οὗτος ὁ λαός Mk 7:6. οὗτος ὁ υἱός μου Lk 15:24. οὗτος ὁ τελώνης 18:11 and oft. ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος Mk 14:71; Lk 2:25; 23:4, 14, 47. ὁ λαὸς οὗτος Mt 15:8. ὁ υἱός σου οὗτος Lk 15:30 and oft.—ἐκείνη ἡ ἡμέρα Mt 7:22; 22:46. ἐκ. ἡ ὥρα 10:19; 18:1; 26:55. ἐκ. ὁ καιρός 11:25; 12:1; 14:1. ἐκ. ὁ πλάνος 27:63 and oft. ἡ οἰκία ἐκείνη Mt 7:25, 27. ἡ ὥρα ἐκ. 8:13; 9:22; ἡ γῆ ἐκ. 9:26, 31; ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκ. 13:1. ὁ ἀγρὸς ἐκ. vs. 44 and oft.—ὁ αὐτός s. αὐτός 3b.
    ι. An art. before a nom. noun makes it a vocative (as early as Hom.; s. KBrugman4-AThumb, Griech. Gramm. 1913, 431; Schwyzer II 63f; B-D-F §147; Rob. 769. On the LXX Johannessohn, Kasus 14f.—ParJer 1:1 Ἰερεμία ὁ ἐκλεκτός μου; 7:2 χαῖρε Βαρούχι ὁ οἰκονόμος τῆς πίστεως) ναί, ὁ πατήρ Mt 11:26. τὸ κοράσιον, ἔγειρε Mk 5:41. Cp. Mt 7:23; 27:29 v.l.; Lk 8:54; 11:39; 18:11, 13 (Goodsp, Probs. 85–87); J 19:3 and oft.
    Adjectives become substantives by the addition of the art.
    α. ὁ πονηρός Eph 6:16. οἱ σοφοί 1 Cor 1:27. οἱ ἅγιοι, οἱ πλούσιοι, οἱ πολλοί al. Likew. the neut. τὸ κρυπτόν Mt 6:4. τὸ ἅγιον 7:6. τὸ μέσον Mk 3:3. τὸ θνητόν 2 Cor 5:4. τὰ ἀδύνατα Lk 18:27. τὸ ἔλαττον Hb 7:7. Also w. gen. foll. τὰ ἀγαθά σου Lk 16:25. τὸ μωρόν, τὸ ἀσθενὲς τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 1:25; cp. vs. 27f. τὸ γνωστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ Ro 1:19. τὰ ἀόρατα τοῦ θεοῦ vs. 20. τὸ ἀδύνατον τοῦ νόμου 8:3. τὰ κρυπτὰ τῆς αἰσχύνης 2 Cor 4:2.
    β. Adj. attributes whose noun is customarily omitted come to have substantive force and therefore receive the art. (B-D-F §241; Rob. 652–54) ἡ περίχωρος Mt 3:5; ἡ ξηρά 23:15 (i.e. γῆ). ἡ ἀριστερά, ἡ δεξιά (sc. χείρ) 6:3. ἡ ἐπιοῦσα (sc. ἡμέρα) Ac 16:11. ἡ ἔρημος (sc. χώρα) Mt 11:7.
    γ. The neut. of the adj. w. the art. can take on the mng. of an abstract noun (Thu. 1, 36, 1 τὸ δεδιός=fear; Herodian 1, 6, 9; 1, 11, 5 τὸ σεμνὸν τῆς παρθένου; M. Ant. 1, 1; Just., D. 27, 2 διὰ τὸ σκληροκάρδιον ὑμῶν καὶ ἀχάριστον εἰς αὐτόν) τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ God’s kindness Ro 2:4. τὸ δυνατόν power 9:22. τὸ σύμφορον benefit 1 Cor 7:35. τὸ γνήσιον genuineness 2 Cor 8:8. τὸ ἐπιεικές Phil 4:5 al.
    δ. The art. w. numerals indicates, as in Il. 5, 271f; X. et al. (HKallenberg, RhM 69, 1914, 662ff), that a part of a number already known is being mentioned (Diod S 18, 10, 2 τρεῖς μὲν φυλὰς … τὰς δὲ ἑπτά=‘but the seven others’; Plut., Cleom. 804 [8, 4] οἱ τέσσαρες=‘the other four’; Polyaenus 6, 5 οἱ τρεῖς=‘the remaining three’; Diog. L. 1, 82 Βίας προκεκριμένος τῶν ἑπτά=Bias was preferred before the others of the seven [wise men]. B-D-F §265): οἱ ἐννέα the other nine Lk 17:17. Cp. 15:4; Mt 18:12f. οἱ δέκα the other ten (disciples) 20:24; Mk 10:41; lepers Lk 17:17. οἱ πέντε … ὁ εἷς … ὁ ἄλλος five of them … one … the last one Rv 17:10.
    The ptc. w. the art. receives
    α. the mng. of a subst. ὁ πειράζων the tempter Mt 4:3; 1 Th 3:5. ὁ βαπτίζων Mk 6:14. ὁ σπείρων Mt 13:3; Lk 8:5. ὁ ὀλεθρεύων Hb 11:28. τὸ ὀφειλόμενον Mt 18:30, 34. τὸ αὐλούμενον 1 Cor 14:7. τὸ λαλούμενον vs. 9 (Just., D. 32, 3 τὸ ζητούμενον). τὰ γινόμενα Lk 9:7. τὰ ἐρχόμενα J 16:13. τὰ ἐξουθενημένα 1 Cor 1:28. τὰ ὑπάρχοντα (s. ὑπάρχω 1). In Engl. usage many of these neuters are transl. by a relative clause, as in β below. B-D-F §413; Rob. 1108f.
    β. the mng. of a relative clause (Ar. 4, 2 al. οἱ νομίζοντες) ὁ δεχόμενος ὑμᾶς whoever receives you Mt 10:40. τῷ τύπτοντί σε Lk 6:29. ὁ ἐμὲ μισῶν J 15:23. οὐδὲ γὰρ ὄνομά ἐστιν ἕτερον τὸ δεδομένον (ὸ̔ δέδοται) Ac 4:12. τινές εἰσιν οἱ ταράσσοντες ὑμᾶς Gal 1:7. Cp. Lk 7:32; 18:9; J 12:12; Col 2:8; 1 Pt 1:7; 2J 7; Jd 4 al. So esp. after πᾶς: πᾶς ὁ ὀργιζόμενος everyone who becomes angry Mt 5:22. πᾶς ὁ κρίνων Ro 2:1 al. After μακάριος Mt 5:4, 6, 10. After οὐαὶ ὑμῖν Lk 6:25.
    The inf. w. neut. art. (B-D-F §398ff; Rob. 1062–68) is used in a number of ways.
    α. It stands for a noun (B-D-F §399; Rob. 1062–66) τὸ (ἀνίπτοις χερσὶν) φαγεῖν Mt 15:20. τὸ (ἐκ νεκρῶν) ἀναστῆναι Mk 9:10. τὸ ἀγαπᾶν 12:33; cp. Ro 13:8. τὸ ποιῆσαι, τὸ ἐπιτελέσαι 2 Cor 8:11. τὸ καθίσαι Mt 20:23. τὸ θέλειν Ro 7:18; 2 Cor 8:10.—Freq. used w. preps. ἀντὶ τοῦ, διὰ τό, διὰ τοῦ, ἐκ τοῦ, ἐν τῷ, ἕνεκεν τοῦ, ἕως τοῦ, μετὰ τό, πρὸ τοῦ, πρὸς τό etc.; s. the preps. in question (B-D-F §402–4; Rob. 1068–75).
    β. The gen. of the inf. w. the art., without a prep., is esp. frequent (B-D-F §400; Mlt. 216–18; Rob. 1066–68; DEvans, ClQ 15, 1921, 26ff). The use of this inf. is esp. common in Lk and Paul, less freq. in Mt and Mk, quite rare in other writers. The gen. stands
    א. dependent on words that govern the gen.: ἄξιον 1 Cor 16:4 (s. ἄξιος 1c). ἐξαπορηθῆναι τοῦ ζῆν 2 Cor 1:8. ἔλαχε τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι Lk 1:9 (cp. 1 Km 14:47 v.l. Σαοὺλ ἔλαχεν τοῦ βασιλεύειν).
    ב. dependent on a noun (B-D-F §400, 1; Rob. 1066f) ὁ χρόνος τοῦ τεκεῖν Lk 1:57. ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν 2:6. ἐξουσία τοῦ πατεῖν 10:19. εὐκαιρία τοῦ παραδοῦναι 22:6. ἐλπὶς τοῦ σῴζεσθαι Ac 27:20; τοῦ μετέχειν 1 Cor 9:10. ἐπιποθία τοῦ ἐλθεῖν Ro 15:23. χρείαν ἔχειν τοῦ διδάσκειν Hb 5:12. καιρὸς τοῦ ἄρξασθαι 1 Pt 4:17. τ. ἐνέργειαν τοῦ δύνασθαι the power that enables him Phil 3:21. ἡ προθυμία τοῦ θέλειν zeal in desiring 2 Cor 8:11.
    ג. Somet. the connection w. the noun is very loose, and the transition to the consecutive sense (=result) is unmistakable (B-D-F §400, 2; Rob. 1066f): ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ τοῦ περιτεμεῖν αὐτόν Lk 2:21. ὀφειλέται … τοῦ κατὰ σάρκα ζῆν Ro 8:12. εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσθαι 1:24. ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν 11:8. τὴν ἔκβασιν τοῦ δύνασθαι ὑπενεγκεῖν 1 Cor 10:13.
    ד. Verbs of hindering, ceasing take the inf. w. τοῦ μή (s. Schwyzer II 372 for earlier Gk; PGen 16, 23 [207 A.D.] κωλύοντες τοῦ μὴ σπείρειν; LXX; ParJer 2:5 φύλαξαι τοῦ μὴ σχίσαι τὰ ἱμάτιά σου): καταπαύειν Ac 14:18. κατέχειν Lk 4:42. κρατεῖσθαι 24:16. κωλύειν Ac 10:47. παύειν 1 Pt 3:10 (Ps 33:14). ὑποστέλλεσθαι Ac 20:20, 27. Without μή: ἐγκόπτεσθαι τοῦ ἐλθεῖν Ro 15:22.
    ה. The gen. of the inf. comes after verbs of deciding, exhorting, commanding, etc. (1 Ch 19:19; ParJer 7:37 διδάσκων αὐτοὺ τοῦ ἀπέχεσθαι) ἐγένετο γνώμης Ac 20:3. ἐντέλλεσθαι Lk 4:10 (Ps 90:11). ἐπιστέλλειν Ac 15:20. κατανεύειν Lk 5:7. κρίνειν Ac 27:1. παρακαλεῖν 21:12. προσεύχεσθαι Js 5:17. τὸ πρόσωπον στηρίζειν Lk 9:51. συντίθεσθαι Ac 23:20.
    ו. The inf. w. τοῦ and τοῦ μή plainly has final (=purpose) sense (ParJer 5:2 ἐκάθισεν … τοῦ ἀναπαῆναι ὀλίγον; Soph., Lex. I 45f; B-D-F §400, 5 w. exx. fr. non-bibl. lit. and pap; Rob. 1067): ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων τοῦ σπείρειν a sower went out to sow Mt 13:3. ζητεῖν τοῦ ἀπολέσαι = ἵνα ἀπολέσῃ 2:13. τοῦ δοῦναι γνῶσιν Lk 1:77. τοῦ κατευθῦναι τοὺς πόδας vs. 79. τοῦ σινιάσαι 22:31. τοῦ μηκέτι δουλεύειν Ro 6:6. τοῦ ποιῆσαι αὐτά Gal 3:10. τοῦ γνῶναι αὐτόν Phil 3:10. Cp. Mt 3:13; 11:1; 24:45; Lk 2:24, 27; 8:5; 24:29; Ac 3:2; 20:30; 26:18; Hb 10:7 (Ps 39:9); 11:5; GJs 2:3f; 24:1.—The apparently solecistic τοῦ πολεμῆσαι Ro 12:7 bears a Semitic tinge, cp. Hos 9:13 et al. (Mussies 96).—The combination can also express
    ז. consecutive mng. (result): οὐδὲ μετεμελήθητε τοῦ πιστεῦσαι αὐτῷ you did not change your minds and believe him Mt 21:32. τοῦ μὴ εἶναι αὐτὴν μοιχαλίδα Ro 7:3. τοῦ ποιεῖν τὰ βρέφη ἔκθετα Ac 7:19. Cp. 3:12; 10:25.
    The art. is used w. prepositional expressions (Artem. 4, 33 p. 224, 7 ὁ ἐν Περγάμῳ; 4, 36 ὁ ἐν Μαγνησίᾳ; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010 recto, 8–12] οἱ ἐν τοῖς πεδίοις … οἱ ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσι καὶ μετεώροις; Tat. 31, 2 οἱ μὲν περὶ Κράτητα … οἱ δὲ περὶ Ἐρατοσθένη) τῆς ἐκκλησίας τῆς ἐν Κεγχρεαῖς Ro 16:1. ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις ταῖς ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ Rv 1:4. τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν (w. place name) ἐκκλησίας 2:1, 8, 12, 18; 3:1, 7, 14 (on these pass. RBorger, TRu 52, ’87, 42–45). τοῖς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ to those in the house Mt 5:15. πάτερ ἡμῶν ὁ ἐν τ. οὐρανοῖς 6:9. οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰταλίας Hb 13:24. οἱ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ Ro 8:1. οἱ ἐξ ἐριθείας 2:8. οἱ ἐκ νόμου 4:14; cp. vs. 16. οἱ ἐκ τῆς Καίσαρος οἰκίας Phil 4:22. οἱ ἐξ εὐωνύμων Mt 25:41. τὸ θυσιαστήριον … τὸ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου Rv 8:3; cp. 9:13. On 1:4 s. ref in B-D-F §136, 1 to restoration by Nestle. οἱ παρʼ αὐτοῦ Mk 3:21. οἱ μετʼ αὐτοῦ Mt 12:3. οἱ περὶ αὐτόν Mk 4:10; Lk 22:49 al.—Neut. τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ πλοίου pieces of wreckage fr. the ship Ac 27:44 (difft. FZorell, BZ 9, 1911, 159f). τὰ περί τινος Lk 24:19, 27; Ac 24:10; Phil 1:27 (Tat. 32, 2 τὰ περὶ θεοῦ). τὰ περί τινα 2:23. τὰ κατʼ ἐμέ my circumstances Eph 6:21; Phil 1:12; Col 4:7. τὰ κατὰ τὸν νόμον what (was to be done) according to the law Lk 2:39. τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν Ro 12:18. τὰ πρὸς τὸν θεόν 15:17; Hb 2:17; 5:1 (X., Resp. Lac. 13, 11 ἱερεῖ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς θεούς, στρατηγῷ δὲ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους). τὰ παρʼ αὐτῶν Lk 10:7. τὸ ἐν ἐμοί the (child) in me GJs 12:2 al.
    w. an adv. or adverbial expr. (1 Macc 8:3) τὸ ἔμπροσθεν Lk 19:4. τὸ ἔξωθεν Mt 23:25. τὸ πέραν Mt 8:18, 28. τὰ ἄνω J 8:23; Col 3:1f. τὰ κάτω J 8:23. τὰ ὀπίσω Mk 13:16. τὰ ὧδε matters here Col 4:9. ὁ πλησίον the neighbor Mt 5:43. οἱ καθεξῆς Ac 3:24. τὸ κατὰ σάρκα Ro 9:5. τὸ ἐκ μέρους 1 Cor 13:10.—Esp. w. indications of time τό, τὰ νῦν s. νῦν 2b. τὸ πάλιν 2 Cor 13:2. τὸ λοιπόν 1 Cor 7:29; Phil 3:1. τὸ πρῶτον J 10:40; 12:16; 19:39. τὸ πρότερον 6:62; Gal 4:13. τὸ καθʼ ἡμέραν daily Lk 11:3.—τὸ πλεῖστον at the most 1 Cor 14:27.
    The art. w. the gen. foll. denotes a relation of kinship, ownership, or dependence: Ἰάκωβος ὁ τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου Mt 10:2 (Thu. 4, 104 Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου [sc. υἱός]; Plut., Timol. 3, 2; Appian, Syr. 26 §123 Σέλευκος ὁ Ἀντιόχου; Jos., Bell. 5, 5; 11). Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου Lk 24:10. ἡ τοῦ Οὐρίου the wife of Uriah Mt 1:6. οἱ Χλόης Chloë’s people 1 Cor 1:11. οἱ Ἀριστοβούλου, οἱ Ναρκίσσου Ro 16:10f. οἱ αὐτοῦ Ac 16:33. οἱ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Cor 15:23; Gal 5:24. Καισάρεια ἡ Φιλίππου Caesarea Philippi i.e. the city of Philip Mk 8:27.—τό, τά τινος someone’s things, affairs, circumstances (Thu. 4, 83 τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου; Parthenius 1, 6; Appian, Syr. 16 §67 τὰ Ῥωμαίων) τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, τῶν ἀνθρώπων Mt 16:23; 22:21; Mk 8:33; cp. 1 Cor 2:11. τὰ τῆς σαρκός, τοῦ πνεύματος Ro 8:5; cp. 14:19; 1 Cor 7:33f; 13:11. τὰ ὑμῶν 2 Cor 12:14. τὰ τῆς ἀσθενείας μου 11:30. τὰ τοῦ νόμου what the law requires Ro 2:14. τὸ τῆς συκῆς what has been done to the fig tree Mt 21:21; cp. 8:33. τὰ ἑαυτῆς its own advantage 1 Cor 13:5; cp. Phil 2:4, 21. τὸ τῆς παροιμίας what the proverb says 2 Pt 2:22 (Pla., Theaet. 183e τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου; Menand., Dyscolus 633 τὸ τοῦ λόγου). ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου in my Father’s house (so Field, Notes 50–56; Goodsp. Probs. 81–83; difft., ‘interests’, PTemple, CBQ 1, ’39, 342–52.—In contrast to the other synoptists, Luke does not elsewhere show Jesus ‘at home’.) Lk 2:49 (Lysias 12, 12 εἰς τὰ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ; Theocr. 2, 76 τὰ Λύκωνος; pap in Mayser II [1926] p. 8; POxy 523, 3 [II A.D.] an invitation to a dinner ἐν τοῖς Κλαυδίου Σαραπίωνος; PTebt 316 II, 23 [99 A.D.] ἐν τοῖς Ποτάμωνος; Esth 7:9; Job 18:19; Jos., Ant. 16, 302. Of the temple of a god Jos., C. Ap. 1, 118 ἐν τοῖς τοῦ Διός). Mt 20:15 is classified here by WHatch, ATR 26, ’44, 250–53; s. also ἐμός b.
    The neut. of the art. stands
    α. before whole sentences or clauses (Epict. 4, 1, 45 τὸ Καίσαρος μὴ εἶναι φίλον; Prov. Aesopi 100 P. τὸ Οὐκ οἶδα; Jos., Ant. 10, 205; Just., D. 33, 2 τὸ γὰρ … [Ps 109:4]) τὸ Οὐ φονεύσεις, οὐ μοιχεύσεις κτλ. (quot. fr. the Decalogue) Mt 19:18; Ro 13:9. τὸ Καὶ μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη (quot. fr. Is 53:12) Lk 22:37. Cp. Gal 5:14. τὸ Εἰ δύνῃ as far as your words ‘If you can’ are concerned Mk 9:23. Likew. before indirect questions (Vett. Val. 291, 14 τὸ πῶς τέτακται; Ael. Aristid. 45, 15 K. τὸ ὅστις ἐστίν; ParJer 6:15 τὸ πῶς ἀποστείλης; GrBar 8:6 τὸ πῶς ἐταπεινώθη; Jos., Ant. 20, 28 ἐπὶ πείρᾳ τοῦ τί φρονοῖεν; Pel.-Leg. p. 20, 32 τὸ τί γένηται; Mel., Fgm. 8, 2 [Goodsp. p. 311] τὸ δὲ πῶς λούονται) τὸ τί ἂν θέλοι καλεῖσθαι αὐτό Lk 1:62. τὸ τίς ἂν εἴη μείζων αὐτῶν 9:46. τὸ πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν 1 Th 4:1. Cp. Lk 19:48; 22:2, 4, 23f; Ac 4:21; 22:30; Ro 8:26; Hs 8, 1, 4.
    β. before single words which are taken fr. what precedes and hence are quoted, as it were (Epict. 1, 29, 16 τὸ Σωκράτης; 3, 23, 24; Hierocles 13 p. 448 ἐν τῷ μηδείς) τὸ ‘ἀνέβη’ Eph 4:9. τὸ ‘ἔτι ἅπαξ’ Hb 12:27. τὸ ‘Ἁγάρ’ Gal 4:25.
    Other notable uses of the art. are
    α. the elliptic use, which leaves a part of a sentence accompanied by the art. to be completed fr. the context: ὁ τὰ δύο the man with the two (talents), i.e. ὁ τὰ δύο τάλαντα λαβών Mt 25:17; cp. vs. 22. τῷ τὸν φόρον Ro 13:7. ὁ τὸ πολύ, ὀλίγον the man who had much, little 2 Cor 8:15 after Ex 16:18 (cp. Lucian, Bis Accus. 9 ὁ τὴν σύριγγα [sc. ἔχων]; Arrian, Anab. 7, 8, 3 τὴν ἐπὶ θανάτῳ [sc. ὁδόν]).
    β. Σαῦλος, ὁ καὶ Παῦλος Ac 13:9; s. καί 2h.
    γ. the fem. art. is found in a quite singular usage ἡ οὐαί (ἡ θλῖψις or ἡ πληγή) Rv 9:12; 11:14. Sim. ὁ Ἀμήν 3:14 (here the masc. art. is evidently chosen because of the alternate name for Jesus).
    One art. can refer to several nouns connected by καί
    α. when various words, sing. or pl., are brought close together by a common art.: τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ γραμματεῖς Mt 2:4; cp. 16:21; Mk 15:1. ἐν τοῖς προφήταις κ. ψαλμοῖς Lk 24:44. τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ καὶ Σαμαρείᾳ Ac 1:8; cp. 8:1; Lk 5:17 al.—Even nouns of different gender can be united in this way (Aristoph., Eccl. 750; Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 12 p. 37a οἱ δύο θεοί, of Apollo and Artemis; Ps.-Demetr., Eloc. c. 292; PTebt 14, 10 [114 B.C.]; En 18:14; EpArist 109) κατὰ τὰ ἐντάλματα καὶ διδασκαλίας Col 2:22. Cp. Lk 1:6. εἰς τὰς ὁδοὺς καὶ φραγμούς 14:23.
    β. when one and the same person has more than one attribute applied to him: πρὸς τὸν πατέρα μου καὶ πατέρα ὑμῶν J 20:17. ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. Ro 15:6; 2 Cor 1:3; 11:31; Eph 1:3; 1 Pt 1:3. ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ (ἡμῶν) Eph 5:20; Phil 4:20; 1 Th 1:3; 3:11, 13. Of Christ: τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ σωτῆρος 2 Pt 1:11; cp. 2:20; 3:18. τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ καὶ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Tit 2:13 (PGrenf II, 15 I, 6 [139 B.C.] of the deified King Ptolemy τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ εὐεργέτου καὶ σωτῆρος [ἐπιφανοῦς] εὐχαρίστου).
    γ. On the other hand, the art. is repeated when two different persons are named: ὁ φυτεύων καὶ ὁ ποτίζων 1 Cor 3:8. ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ ὁ ἡγεμών Ac 26:30.
    In a fixed expression, when a noun in the gen. is dependent on another noun, the art. customarily appears twice or not at all: τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 3:16; πνεῦμα θεοῦ Ro 8:9. ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ 2 Cor 2:17; λόγος θεοῦ 1 Th 2:13. ἡ ἡμέρα τοῦ κυρίου 2 Th 2:2; ἡμ. κ. 1 Th 5:2. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου Mt 8:20; υἱ. ἀ. Hb 2:6. ἡ ἀνάστασις τῶν νεκρῶν Mt 22:31; ἀ. ν. Ac 23:6. ἡ κοιλία τῆς μητρός J 3:4; κ. μ. Mt 19:12.—APerry, JBL 68, ’49, 329–34; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 93–95.—DELG. M-M.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία >

См. также в других словарях:

  • Person-fit analysis — is a technique for determining if the person s results on a given test are valid.The purpose of a person fit analysis is to detect item score vectors that are unlikely given a hypothesized test theory model such as item response theory, or… …   Wikipedia

  • Took the soup — Took the Soup= Took the soup or take the soup is a phrase from An Gorta Mór (1845 1851), denoting those people who sought and accepted soup from the established [http://www.limerick.com/lifestyle/soupkitchen.html soup kitchens] , all of which… …   Wikipedia

  • Took (The Wire episode) — Infobox The Wire episode caption = episode name = Took episode no = 57 epigraph = They don t teach it in law school. Pearlman teleplay = Richard Price story = David Simon and Richard Price writer = director = Dominic West guest star = see below… …   Wikipedia

  • Took — Take Take, v. t. [imp. {Took} (t[oo^]k); p. p. {Taken} (t[=a]k n); p. pr. & vb. n. {Taking}.] [Icel. taka; akin to Sw. taga, Dan. tage, Goth. t[=e]kan to touch; of uncertain origin.] 1. In an active sense; To lay hold of; to seize with the hands …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Person of the Century — Time Person of the Century was created to honor one of the . On December 31, 1999, the magazine published a special edition of its magazine naming Albert Einstein as Person of the Century . Because the editors of TIME believed the twentieth… …   Wikipedia

  • Person from Porlock — Porlock village, Somerset, England The Person from Porlock was an unwelcome visitor to Samuel Taylor Coleridge during his composition of the poem Kubla Khan. Coleridge claimed to have perceived the entire course of the poem in a dream (possibly… …   Wikipedia

  • took\ her\ to\ school — Defeating a person thoroughly, making her feel inferior or childish. I beat Harry in football so bad, I took him to school …   Dictionary of american slang

  • took\ her\ to\ school — Defeating a person thoroughly, making her feel inferior or childish. I beat Harry in football so bad, I took him to school …   Dictionary of american slang

  • Portal:Food/Selected person — These are the articles that are featured on the Food portal main page. If you wish to add a biography, you will be expected to make a good faith effort to address objections that are raised. Consensus must be reached for a biography to be… …   Wikipedia

  • LEGAL PERSON — LEGAL PERSON, a body of men or of property which the law, in imitation of the personality of human beings, treats artificially as subject of rights and duties independent of its component parts. The classic example of a legal person is the  … …   Encyclopedia of Judaism

  • Portal:Drink/Selected person — These are the articles that are featured on the Drink Portal main page. If you wish to add an article, you will be expected to make a good faith effort to address objections that are raised. Consensus must be reached for an article to be promoted …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»